1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1993-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
7 <mark@codesourcery.com>
8 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
9 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
14 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
15 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
16 (at your option) any later version.
18 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
19 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
20 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
21 GNU General Public License for more details.
23 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
24 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
25 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
26 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
34 #include "libiberty.h"
36 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
41 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
43 #include "coff/symconst.h"
44 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
45 #include "coff/mips.h"
49 /* Types of TLS GOT entry. */
50 enum mips_got_tls_type
{
57 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
58 There are four types of entry:
60 (1) an absolute address
61 requires: abfd == NULL
64 (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
65 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM
66 fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type
68 (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
69 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1
73 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM
74 fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */
77 /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */
79 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
80 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
84 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
86 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
87 that should be added to the symbol value. */
89 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
90 corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
91 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
92 otherwise it is in the global area. */
93 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
96 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
97 symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
98 unsigned char tls_type
;
100 /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry,
101 and created the associated relocations. */
102 unsigned char tls_initialized
;
104 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
105 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
106 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
110 /* This structure represents a GOT page reference from an input bfd.
111 Each instance represents a symbol + ADDEND, where the representation
112 of the symbol depends on whether it is local to the input bfd.
113 If it is, then SYMNDX >= 0, and the symbol has index SYMNDX in U.ABFD.
114 Otherwise, SYMNDX < 0 and U.H points to the symbol's hash table entry.
116 Page references with SYMNDX >= 0 always become page references
117 in the output. Page references with SYMNDX < 0 only become page
118 references if the symbol binds locally; in other cases, the page
119 reference decays to a global GOT reference. */
120 struct mips_got_page_ref
125 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
131 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
132 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
134 struct mips_got_page_range
136 struct mips_got_page_range
*next
;
137 bfd_signed_vma min_addend
;
138 bfd_signed_vma max_addend
;
141 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
142 relocations against a given section. */
143 struct mips_got_page_entry
145 /* The section that these entries are based on. */
147 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
148 struct mips_got_page_range
*ranges
;
149 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
153 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
157 /* The number of global .got entries. */
158 unsigned int global_gotno
;
159 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
160 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno
;
161 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
162 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
163 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
164 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
165 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
166 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
167 unsigned int local_gotno
;
168 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
169 unsigned int page_gotno
;
170 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
172 /* The first unused local .got entry. */
173 unsigned int assigned_low_gotno
;
174 /* The last unused local .got entry. */
175 unsigned int assigned_high_gotno
;
176 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
177 struct htab
*got_entries
;
178 /* A hash table holding mips_got_page_ref structures. */
179 struct htab
*got_page_refs
;
180 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
181 struct htab
*got_page_entries
;
182 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
183 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
184 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
187 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
189 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
191 /* The output bfd. */
193 /* The link information. */
194 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
195 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
196 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
198 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
199 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
201 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
202 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
204 unsigned int max_count
;
205 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
206 unsigned int max_pages
;
207 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
208 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
209 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
211 unsigned int global_count
;
214 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
215 when laying out the GOT. */
217 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
219 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
220 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
224 struct _mips_elf_section_data
226 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
233 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
234 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
236 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
237 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
238 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
239 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
241 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
242 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
243 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
244 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
245 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
246 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
248 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
249 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
250 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
251 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
252 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
255 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
256 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
257 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
259 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
262 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
263 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
266 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
268 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
272 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
274 to a separate trampoline section.
276 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
277 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
278 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
279 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
{
280 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
281 asection
*stub_section
;
283 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
286 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
287 in H->root.root.u.def. */
288 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
291 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
293 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
294 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
295 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
296 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
297 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
298 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
299 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
300 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
301 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
303 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
304 the dynamic symbols. */
306 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
308 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
310 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
311 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
312 symbol with a GOT entry. */
313 bfd_size_type min_got_dynindx
;
314 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
315 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
316 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
317 bfd_size_type max_unref_got_dynindx
;
318 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a local
320 bfd_size_type max_local_dynindx
;
321 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to an external
322 symbol without a GOT entry. */
323 bfd_size_type max_non_got_dynindx
;
326 /* We make up to two PLT entries if needed, one for standard MIPS code
327 and one for compressed code, either a MIPS16 or microMIPS one. We
328 keep a separate record of traditional lazy-binding stubs, for easier
333 /* Traditional SVR4 stub offset, or -1 if none. */
336 /* Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
339 /* Compressed PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
342 /* The corresponding .got.plt index, or -1 if none. */
343 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
345 /* Whether we need a standard PLT entry. */
346 unsigned int need_mips
: 1;
348 /* Whether we need a compressed PLT entry. */
349 unsigned int need_comp
: 1;
352 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
353 the global hash table. */
355 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
357 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
359 /* External symbol information. */
362 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
363 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*la25_stub
;
365 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
367 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
369 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
370 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
373 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
374 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
377 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
378 being called returns a floating point value. */
379 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
381 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
382 unsigned int global_got_area
: 2;
384 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
385 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
386 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
387 unsigned int got_only_for_calls
: 1;
389 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
390 is against a readonly section. */
391 unsigned int readonly_reloc
: 1;
393 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
394 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
395 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
396 unsigned int has_static_relocs
: 1;
398 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
399 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
400 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
401 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
402 unsigned int no_fn_stub
: 1;
404 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
405 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
406 unsigned int need_fn_stub
: 1;
408 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
409 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
410 la25 stub is required. */
411 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches
: 1;
413 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
414 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
415 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub
: 1;
417 /* Does this symbol resolve to a PLT entry? */
418 unsigned int use_plt_entry
: 1;
421 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
423 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
425 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
427 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
428 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
430 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
431 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
433 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
434 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
435 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
437 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
438 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rld_symbol
;
440 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
441 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
443 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
444 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs
;
446 /* True if we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
449 /* True if we suppress checks for invalid branches between ISA modes. */
450 bfd_boolean ignore_branch_isa
;
452 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
453 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
455 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
456 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported
;
458 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
463 /* The master GOT information. */
464 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
466 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
468 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
470 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
471 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
473 /* The size of a standard PLT entry in bytes. */
474 bfd_vma plt_mips_entry_size
;
476 /* The size of a compressed PLT entry in bytes. */
477 bfd_vma plt_comp_entry_size
;
479 /* The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create. */
480 bfd_vma plt_mips_offset
;
482 /* The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create. */
483 bfd_vma plt_comp_offset
;
485 /* The index of the next .got.plt entry to create. */
486 bfd_vma plt_got_index
;
488 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
489 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count
;
491 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
492 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
494 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
495 unsigned int reserved_gotno
;
497 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
498 See the comment above that structure for details. */
499 asection
*strampoline
;
501 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
505 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
506 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
507 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
508 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
510 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
512 asection
*(*add_stub_section
) (const char *, asection
*, asection
*);
514 /* Small local sym cache. */
515 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
517 /* Is the PLT header compressed? */
518 unsigned int plt_header_is_comp
: 1;
521 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
523 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
524 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
525 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
527 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
528 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
530 /* The usual link-wide information. */
531 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
534 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
538 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
540 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
542 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
543 struct elf_obj_tdata root
;
545 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
548 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attribute for output. */
551 /* The abiflags for this object. */
552 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
553 bfd_boolean abiflags_valid
;
555 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
556 struct mips_got_info
*got
;
558 /* Used by _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line. The structure could be
559 included directly in this one, but there's no point to wasting
560 the memory just for the infrequently called find_nearest_line. */
561 struct mips_elf_find_line
*find_line_info
;
563 /* An array of stub sections indexed by symbol number. */
564 asection
**local_stubs
;
565 asection
**local_call_stubs
;
567 /* The Irix 5 support uses two virtual sections, which represent
568 text/data symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
569 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
570 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
571 asection
*elf_data_section
;
572 asection
*elf_text_section
;
575 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
577 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
578 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
580 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
581 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
582 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
583 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
584 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
585 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
586 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
587 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
588 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
589 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
590 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
591 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
592 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
593 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
594 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
595 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
596 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
597 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
598 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
599 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
600 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
601 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
602 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
603 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
604 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
605 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
606 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
607 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
609 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
614 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
615 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
616 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
620 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
622 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
625 "_procedure_string_table",
626 "_procedure_table_size",
630 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
635 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
636 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
637 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
638 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
639 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
640 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
649 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
650 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
651 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
655 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
656 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
657 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
658 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
659 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
660 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
665 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
666 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
667 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
668 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
669 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
677 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
683 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
685 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
687 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
688 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
689 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
690 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
691 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
692 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
693 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
694 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
696 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
697 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
698 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
699 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
700 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
702 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
703 has different meaning for each type:
706 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
707 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
708 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
709 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
712 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
713 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
714 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
715 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
717 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
718 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
719 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
720 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
722 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
723 loader for use by the static exception system. */
725 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
726 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
727 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
728 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
729 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
730 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
731 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
732 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
733 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
734 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
736 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
738 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
739 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
741 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
742 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
743 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
744 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
745 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
746 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
748 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
749 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
750 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
751 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
752 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
753 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
755 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
756 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
758 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
759 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
760 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
761 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
762 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
764 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
765 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
766 for RM9000 for now. */
767 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
768 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
770 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
771 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
773 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
775 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
776 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
778 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
780 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
781 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
782 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
784 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the O32 ABI. */
785 #define ABI_O32_P(abfd) \
786 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
788 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
789 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
790 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
792 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
793 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
794 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
796 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
797 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
799 /* Nonzero if ABFD has microMIPS code. */
800 #define MICROMIPS_P(abfd) \
801 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) != 0)
803 /* Nonzero if ABFD is MIPS R6. */
804 #define MIPSR6_P(abfd) \
805 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6 \
806 || (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
808 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
809 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
810 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
812 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
813 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
814 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
816 /* The name of the options section. */
817 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
818 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
820 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
821 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
822 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
823 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
825 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS section. */
826 #define MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
827 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
829 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
830 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
831 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
832 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
834 /* The name of the stub section. */
835 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
837 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
838 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
839 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
841 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
842 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
843 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
845 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
846 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
847 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
849 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
850 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
851 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
853 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
854 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
855 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
857 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
858 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
859 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
861 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
862 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
863 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
865 /* Get word-sized data. */
866 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
867 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
869 /* Put out word-sized data. */
870 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
872 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
873 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
875 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
876 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
877 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
879 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
880 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
881 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
883 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
884 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (abfd, rtype, rela))
886 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
887 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
888 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
890 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
891 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
892 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
893 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
895 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
896 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
898 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
899 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
901 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
902 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
903 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
905 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
907 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
909 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
910 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
912 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
913 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
914 #define STUB_MOVE 0x03e07825 /* or t7,ra,zero */
915 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
916 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr ra,t9 */
917 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
918 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
919 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
921 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
922 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
924 /* Likewise for the microMIPS ASE. */
925 #define STUB_LW_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
927 ? 0xdf3c8010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
928 : 0xff3c8010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
929 #define STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS 0x0dff /* move t7,ra */
930 #define STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS 0x001f7a90 /* or t7,ra,zero */
931 #define STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
932 (0x41b80000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
933 #define STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS 0x45d9 /* jalr t9 */
934 #define STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS 0x03f90f3c /* jalr ra,t9 */
935 #define STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
936 (0x53180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
937 #define STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
938 (0x53000000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
939 #define STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS(abfd, VAL) \
941 ? 0x5f000000 + (VAL) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
942 : 0x33000000 + (VAL)) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
944 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
945 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
946 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 12
947 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 16
948 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
949 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
951 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
954 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
955 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
956 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
957 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
960 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
961 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
962 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
963 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
964 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
965 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
966 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
967 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
969 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
970 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
972 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
974 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
975 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
978 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
979 floating point arguments.
981 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
982 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
983 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
984 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
985 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
986 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
987 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
988 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
990 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
991 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
992 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
993 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
994 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
995 stub should be discarded.
997 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
998 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
999 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
1000 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
1001 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
1002 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
1003 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
1006 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
1007 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
1008 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
1010 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
1012 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
1013 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
1014 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
1016 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
1017 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
1018 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
1020 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
1021 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1023 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1024 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1025 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1026 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1027 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1028 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1029 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1030 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1033 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
1034 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
1035 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1037 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1038 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1039 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1040 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1041 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1042 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1043 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1044 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1047 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
1048 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
1049 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1051 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1052 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1053 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1054 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1055 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1056 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1057 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1058 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1061 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
1062 We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address
1063 of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when
1064 all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too.
1066 The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only. */
1067 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1069 0x7980, 0x0000, /* addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - . */
1070 0xff23, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($3) */
1071 0x0535, /* subu $2, $2, $3 */
1072 0x2525, /* srl $2, $2, 2 */
1073 0x3302, 0xfffe, /* subu $24, $2, 2 */
1074 0x0dff, /* move $15, $31 */
1075 0x45f9, /* jalrs $25 */
1076 0x0f83, /* move $28, $3 */
1080 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable
1081 in the insn32 mode. */
1082 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1084 0x41bc, 0x0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1085 0xff3c, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1086 0x339c, 0x0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1087 0x0398, 0xc1d0, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1088 0x001f, 0x7a90, /* or $15, $31, zero */
1089 0x0318, 0x1040, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1090 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, /* jalr $25 */
1091 0x3318, 0xfffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1094 /* The format of subsequent standard PLT entries. */
1095 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1097 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1098 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1099 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1100 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
1103 /* In the following PLT entry the JR and ADDIU instructions will
1104 be swapped in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol because
1105 LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P will be true for MIPS R6. */
1106 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1108 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1109 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1110 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1111 0x03200009 /* jr $25 */
1114 /* The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1115 and v1 ($3) as temporaries because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not
1116 directly addressable. */
1117 static const bfd_vma mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1119 0xb203, /* lw $2, 12($pc) */
1120 0x9a60, /* lw $3, 0($2) */
1121 0x651a, /* move $24, $2 */
1123 0x653b, /* move $25, $3 */
1125 0x0000, 0x0000 /* .word (.got.plt entry) */
1128 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1129 as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC. */
1130 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1132 0x7900, 0x0000, /* addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - . */
1133 0xff22, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($2) */
1134 0x4599, /* jr $25 */
1135 0x0f02 /* move $24, $2 */
1138 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode. */
1139 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1141 0x41af, 0x0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1142 0xff2f, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1143 0x0019, 0x0f3c, /* jr $25 */
1144 0x330f, 0x0000 /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1147 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
1148 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1150 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1151 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1152 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
1153 0x00000000, /* nop */
1154 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1155 0x00000000 /* nop */
1158 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1159 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1161 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1162 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1163 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1164 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1165 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1166 0x00000000, /* nop */
1167 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1168 0x00000000 /* nop */
1171 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1172 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] =
1174 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1175 0x00000000, /* nop */
1176 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1177 0x00000000, /* nop */
1178 0x00000000, /* nop */
1179 0x00000000 /* nop */
1182 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1183 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] =
1185 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1186 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1189 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1192 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma opcode
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1194 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (opcode
>> 16) & 0xffff, ptr
);
1195 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, opcode
& 0xffff, ptr
+ 2);
1198 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1201 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1203 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 2);
1206 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1208 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1209 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1210 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1213 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1215 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1216 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1218 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1221 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1222 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1224 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1225 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1228 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1230 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1231 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1233 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
1237 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1239 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1240 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1242 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
1245 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1247 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1248 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1249 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
1251 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
1252 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1254 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1257 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
1259 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1261 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1262 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1263 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
1267 /* Set local fields. */
1268 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
1269 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1270 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1273 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
1274 ret
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
1275 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
1276 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
1277 ret
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
1278 ret
->got_only_for_calls
= TRUE
;
1279 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
1280 ret
->has_static_relocs
= FALSE
;
1281 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1282 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1283 ret
->has_nonpic_branches
= FALSE
;
1284 ret
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
1285 ret
->use_plt_entry
= FALSE
;
1288 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1291 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1294 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1296 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
),
1301 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1303 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
1305 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
1306 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
1308 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1311 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
1314 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
1317 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1318 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1321 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
1322 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1325 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1328 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1329 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
1331 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
1332 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
1335 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
1336 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
1339 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1340 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
1342 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1344 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1345 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1346 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1349 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1350 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1351 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1352 goto error_return; \
1353 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1354 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1355 goto error_return; \
1358 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1359 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
1360 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
1361 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
1362 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
1363 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
1365 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1366 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1367 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
1368 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
1369 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
1377 if (ext_hdr
!= NULL
)
1379 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
1381 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
1382 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
1383 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
1384 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
1385 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
1386 free (debug
->external_sym
);
1387 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
1388 free (debug
->external_opt
);
1389 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
1390 free (debug
->external_aux
);
1391 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
1393 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
1394 free (debug
->ssext
);
1395 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
1396 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
1397 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
1398 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
1399 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
1400 free (debug
->external_ext
);
1404 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1407 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
1409 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
1410 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
1411 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
1412 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
1413 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
1414 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
1416 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
1417 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
1419 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
1422 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1425 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
1426 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
1427 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1429 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1430 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1432 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
1434 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
1435 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
1439 bfd_size_type count
;
1440 unsigned long sindex
;
1444 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
1452 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1454 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1455 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1458 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1460 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1464 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1467 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1468 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1472 size
= sizeof (char *);
1473 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1477 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1478 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1479 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1483 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1486 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1487 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1490 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1493 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1494 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1496 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1497 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1498 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1499 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1500 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1501 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1502 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1503 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1504 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1505 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1507 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1508 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1512 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1513 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1514 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1517 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1521 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1524 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1526 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1527 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1528 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1529 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1531 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1532 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1533 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1535 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1537 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1539 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1541 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1542 matters, but someday it might). */
1543 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1572 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1573 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1576 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1577 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1578 const char *prefix
, asection
*s
, bfd_vma value
,
1581 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
1582 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1583 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1590 /* Create a new symbol. */
1591 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1593 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1594 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1600 /* Make it a local function. */
1601 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1602 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FUNC
);
1604 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1606 elfh
->other
= ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfh
->other
);
1610 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1611 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1615 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1616 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1619 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1620 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1626 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1627 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1628 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1629 s
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1630 value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1632 /* Create a new symbol. */
1633 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1635 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1636 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1642 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1643 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1644 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (h
->root
.type
));
1645 elfh
->other
= h
->root
.other
;
1646 elfh
->size
= h
->root
.size
;
1647 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1651 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1652 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1655 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection
*section
)
1659 name
= bfd_get_section_name (section
->owner
, section
);
1660 return (FN_STUB_P (name
)
1661 || CALL_STUB_P (name
)
1662 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
)
1663 || strcmp (name
, ".pdr") == 0);
1666 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1667 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1668 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1670 static unsigned long
1671 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
1672 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1673 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1674 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
1676 int int_rels_per_ext_rel
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1677 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
1679 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1680 one in a compound relocation. */
1681 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
+= int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
1682 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
) == R_MIPS_NONE
)
1683 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
);
1685 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1686 the traditional behavior. */
1687 if (relocs
< relend
)
1688 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, relocs
->r_info
);
1693 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1697 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1698 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1700 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1701 objects try to call them. */
1702 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1703 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
1705 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info
, h
, ".mips16.");
1706 h
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
1709 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1710 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1712 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1713 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1714 being included in the link. */
1715 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1716 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1717 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1718 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1719 h
->fn_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1722 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1723 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1725 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1726 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1727 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1728 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1729 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1730 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1731 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1732 h
->call_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1735 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1736 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1738 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1739 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1740 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1741 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1742 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1743 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1744 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1745 h
->call_fp_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1749 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1752 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_
)
1754 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry
;
1756 entry
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry_
;
1757 return entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->id
1758 + entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1762 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
1764 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry1
, *entry2
;
1766 entry1
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry1_
;
1767 entry2
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry2_
;
1768 return ((entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
1769 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1770 && (entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1771 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
));
1774 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1775 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1779 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1780 asection
*(*fn
) (const char *, asection
*,
1783 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1785 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1789 htab
->add_stub_section
= fn
;
1790 htab
->la25_stubs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash
,
1791 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq
, NULL
);
1792 if (htab
->la25_stubs
== NULL
)
1798 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1799 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1800 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1801 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1802 entry points are of interest here. */
1805 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1807 return ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1808 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1809 && h
->root
.def_regular
1810 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1811 && !bfd_is_und_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1812 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
)
1813 || (h
->fn_stub
&& h
->need_fn_stub
))
1814 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
1815 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
)));
1818 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1819 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1822 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1825 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1827 BFD_ASSERT (stub
->h
->need_fn_stub
);
1828 *sec
= stub
->h
->fn_stub
;
1833 *sec
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1834 return stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1838 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1839 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1840 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1843 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1844 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1846 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1848 asection
*s
, *input_section
;
1851 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1855 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1856 name
= bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1859 sprintf (name
, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab
->la25_stubs
));
1861 /* Create the section. */
1862 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &input_section
);
1863 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (name
, input_section
,
1864 input_section
->output_section
);
1868 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1869 align
= input_section
->alignment_power
;
1870 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, align
))
1873 s
->size
= (1 << align
) - 8;
1875 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1876 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 8);
1877 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1878 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1880 /* Allocate room for it. */
1885 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1886 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1887 the function symbol to it. */
1890 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1891 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1893 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1896 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1900 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1901 s
= htab
->strampoline
;
1904 asection
*input_section
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1905 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (".text", NULL
,
1906 input_section
->output_section
);
1907 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, 4))
1909 htab
->strampoline
= s
;
1912 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1913 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 16);
1914 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1915 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1917 /* Allocate room for it. */
1922 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1923 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1926 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1927 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1929 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1930 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search
, *stub
;
1931 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p
;
1936 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1937 search
.stub_section
= NULL
;
1941 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1942 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1946 slot
= htab_find_slot (htab
->la25_stubs
, &search
, INSERT
);
1950 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
1953 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1954 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1958 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1959 stub
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (search
));
1965 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1966 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1967 value
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
1968 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1970 use_trampoline_p
= (value
!= 0 || s
->alignment_power
> 4);
1972 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1973 return (use_trampoline_p
1974 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub
, info
)
1975 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub
, info
));
1978 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1979 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1982 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1984 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
1986 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
1987 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
1988 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti
->info
, h
);
1990 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h
))
1992 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1993 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1994 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
))
1997 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1998 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1999 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
2000 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
2002 if (bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
2004 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti
->output_bfd
))
2005 h
->root
.other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
);
2007 else if (h
->has_nonpic_branches
&& !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti
->info
, h
))
2016 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
2017 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
2020 The format of these instructions is:
2022 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2023 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
2024 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2026 +-----------------------------------------------+
2028 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
2029 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
2031 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
2032 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
2033 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
2034 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
2035 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
2036 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
2037 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
2038 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
2039 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
2040 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
2043 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
2044 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
2045 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
2046 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
2047 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
2048 value as two 16-bit values.
2050 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
2054 +--------+----------------------+
2058 +--------+----------------------+
2061 +----------+------+-------------+
2065 +----------+--------------------+
2066 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
2067 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
2069 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
2070 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2071 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
2072 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2073 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
2075 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
2076 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
2077 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
2080 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
2081 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
2082 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
2083 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
2084 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
2086 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
2088 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2089 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
2090 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2091 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
2092 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2094 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
2097 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
2098 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
2099 little-endian system.
2101 Finally R_MIPS16_PC16_S1 corresponds to R_MIPS_PC16, however the
2102 relocatable field is shifted by 1 rather than 2 and the same bit
2103 shuffling is done as with the relocations above. */
2105 static inline bfd_boolean
2106 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2111 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
2112 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
2113 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
2116 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
2117 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
2118 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
2119 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
2120 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
2121 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
2122 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
2123 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
2131 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
2133 static inline bfd_boolean
2134 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2136 return r_type
>= R_MICROMIPS_min
&& r_type
< R_MICROMIPS_max
;
2139 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
2140 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2141 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
2143 static inline bfd_boolean
2144 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2146 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
2147 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2148 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
2151 static inline bfd_boolean
2152 got16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2154 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
2155 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
2156 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
);
2159 static inline bfd_boolean
2160 call16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2162 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
2163 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
2164 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
);
2167 static inline bfd_boolean
2168 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2170 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
;
2173 static inline bfd_boolean
2174 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2176 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
;
2179 static inline bfd_boolean
2180 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2182 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
;
2185 static inline bfd_boolean
2186 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2188 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
;
2191 static inline bfd_boolean
2192 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2194 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
;
2197 static inline bfd_boolean
2198 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2200 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
2201 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
2202 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
2203 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
);
2206 static inline bfd_boolean
2207 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2209 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_LO16
2210 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
2211 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
2212 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCLO16
);
2215 static inline bfd_boolean
2216 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2218 return r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
;
2221 static inline bfd_boolean
2222 jal_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2224 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2225 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2226 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
);
2229 static inline bfd_boolean
2230 b_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2232 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2233 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2234 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
2235 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
2236 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
2237 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2238 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2239 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2242 static inline bfd_boolean
2243 aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2245 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC18_S3
2246 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC19_S2
);
2249 static inline bfd_boolean
2250 branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2252 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2253 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2254 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2255 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
2256 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
);
2259 static inline bfd_boolean
2260 mips16_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2262 return (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2263 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
);
2266 static inline bfd_boolean
2267 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2269 return (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2270 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2271 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2272 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2275 static inline bfd_boolean
2276 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2278 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2279 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2280 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
);
2283 static inline bfd_boolean
2284 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2286 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2287 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2288 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2291 static inline bfd_boolean
2292 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2294 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2295 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2296 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
);
2300 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2301 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2303 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2305 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2308 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2309 first
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
2310 second
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
2311 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2312 val
= first
<< 16 | second
;
2313 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2314 val
= (((first
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((second
& 0xffe0) << 11)
2315 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 11) | (first
& 0x7e0) | (second
& 0x1f));
2317 val
= (((first
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first
& 0x3e0) << 11)
2318 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 21) | second
);
2319 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
2323 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2324 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2326 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2328 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2331 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
2332 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2334 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2337 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2339 second
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
2340 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
2344 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2345 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
2346 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
2348 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, second
, data
+ 2);
2349 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, first
, data
);
2352 bfd_reloc_status_type
2353 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2354 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
2355 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
2359 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2361 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2364 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
2366 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2367 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2369 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2370 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2372 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2373 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2375 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
2377 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2378 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2379 an external symbol. */
2381 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2382 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
2384 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2386 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2388 + reloc_entry
->address
);
2389 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2393 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
2396 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2398 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2401 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2402 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2403 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2408 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
2410 asection
*input_section
;
2414 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2416 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
2418 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2419 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2420 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2422 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2423 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2424 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2425 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2427 bfd_reloc_status_type
2428 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2429 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
2430 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2431 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2433 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
2435 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2436 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2438 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
2440 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2442 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
2444 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
2445 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
2448 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
2449 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2451 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2454 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2455 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2456 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2458 bfd_reloc_status_type
2459 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2460 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2461 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2463 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
2464 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
2465 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
2466 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2467 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2468 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2471 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2472 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
2475 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2476 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2477 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2479 bfd_reloc_status_type
2480 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2481 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2482 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2485 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2487 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2488 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2490 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2492 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
2493 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2496 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
2498 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
2499 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
2501 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
2503 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2504 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2505 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2506 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2507 has a rightshift of 0. */
2508 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
2509 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2510 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
)
2511 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS16_HI16
, FALSE
);
2512 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
)
2513 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MICROMIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2515 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2516 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2517 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2519 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
2520 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
2522 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2525 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
2529 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2530 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2534 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2535 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2536 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2538 bfd_reloc_status_type
2539 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2540 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2541 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2542 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2545 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2546 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
2548 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
2550 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2551 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2553 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2555 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2557 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2558 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2559 offset or address. */
2560 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2561 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2566 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2567 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2568 val
+= symbol
->value
;
2569 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
2571 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
2572 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
2573 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
2577 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2578 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2579 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2580 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2581 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2582 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
2585 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2587 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2588 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2590 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2591 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2593 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2595 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2598 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2603 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2605 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2608 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2609 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2612 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
2615 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2616 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2620 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
2621 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
2623 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2624 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2628 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
2629 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
2631 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
2632 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
2633 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
2634 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
2635 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
2636 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
2640 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
2641 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
2645 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
2646 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
2647 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
2648 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
2649 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
2650 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
2651 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
2654 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2655 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2656 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2659 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2662 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2663 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2664 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2665 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2666 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2667 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2671 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
2672 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2674 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2675 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2676 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2677 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2678 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2679 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2682 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2683 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2684 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2685 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2686 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2689 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2690 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
2692 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2693 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2694 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2695 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2696 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2697 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2698 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2702 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
2703 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2705 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2706 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2707 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2708 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2709 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2710 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2711 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2714 /* Swap in an options header. */
2717 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
2718 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
2720 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
2721 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
2722 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
2723 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
2726 /* Swap out an options header. */
2729 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
2730 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
2732 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
2733 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
2734 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
2735 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
2738 /* Swap in an abiflags structure. */
2741 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (bfd
*abfd
,
2742 const Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
,
2743 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
)
2745 in
->version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->version
);
2746 in
->isa_level
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_level
);
2747 in
->isa_rev
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2748 in
->gpr_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2749 in
->cpr1_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2750 in
->cpr2_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2751 in
->fp_abi
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2752 in
->isa_ext
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2753 in
->ases
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ases
);
2754 in
->flags1
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags1
);
2755 in
->flags2
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags2
);
2758 /* Swap out an abiflags structure. */
2761 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (bfd
*abfd
,
2762 const Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
,
2763 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
)
2765 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->version
, ex
->version
);
2766 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_level
, ex
->isa_level
);
2767 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_rev
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2768 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->gpr_size
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2769 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr1_size
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2770 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr2_size
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2771 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->fp_abi
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2772 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->isa_ext
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2773 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ases
, ex
->ases
);
2774 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags1
, ex
->flags1
);
2775 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags2
, ex
->flags2
);
2778 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2779 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2782 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2784 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
2785 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
2788 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
2789 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
2791 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
2795 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2797 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2802 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2805 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2806 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2809 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
2810 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
2812 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2813 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
2814 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2815 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
2817 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2819 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2822 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2824 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2833 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2834 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2835 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2836 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2837 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2838 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2839 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2840 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2841 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2842 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2843 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2844 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2845 when generating a final executable. */
2848 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2850 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
2852 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
2854 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
2856 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
2857 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
2858 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
2859 && !h
->root
.def_regular
2860 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
2862 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
2863 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
2864 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
2865 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2866 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
2874 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
2877 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
2878 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
2879 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
2880 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
2881 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2882 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
2884 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
2885 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2889 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2891 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
2892 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
2893 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
2895 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2896 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2897 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2899 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
2901 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2902 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2903 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
2904 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
2906 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
2908 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2909 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2910 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
2913 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2915 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2916 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2917 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2922 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2923 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2925 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2926 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2927 if (output_section
== NULL
)
2928 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2931 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
2933 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
2934 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
2935 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
2936 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2937 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
2938 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
2939 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
2940 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
2941 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
2942 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
2943 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2944 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
2945 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2946 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
2947 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
2948 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
2949 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
2951 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2955 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
2956 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
2959 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
2960 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
2961 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2962 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2964 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
2965 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2966 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
2967 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2969 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2970 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2971 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2972 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
2973 + sec
->output_offset
2974 + output_section
->vma
);
2976 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2980 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
2982 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2983 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2985 if (hd
->needs_lazy_stub
)
2987 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
2988 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
2989 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2990 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
2991 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2993 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2996 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2997 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2998 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
2999 + sec
->output_offset
3000 + output_section
->vma
);
3002 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
3007 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
3008 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
3011 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
3018 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
3021 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
3023 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
3024 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
3026 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
3029 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
3031 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
3034 static INLINE hashval_t
3035 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
3038 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
3045 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3047 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
3049 return (entry
->symndx
3050 + ((entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 18)
3051 + (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? 0
3052 : !entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
3053 : entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? (entry
->abfd
->id
3054 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
3055 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
3059 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
3061 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
3062 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
3064 return (e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
3065 && e1
->tls_type
== e2
->tls_type
3066 && (e1
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? TRUE
3067 : !e1
->abfd
? !e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
3068 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? (e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
3069 && e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
)
3070 : e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
));
3074 mips_got_page_ref_hash (const void *ref_
)
3076 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
3078 ref
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref_
;
3079 return ((ref
->symndx
>= 0
3080 ? (hashval_t
) (ref
->u
.abfd
->id
+ ref
->symndx
)
3081 : ref
->u
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
)
3082 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (ref
->addend
));
3086 mips_got_page_ref_eq (const void *ref1_
, const void *ref2_
)
3088 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref1
, *ref2
;
3090 ref1
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref1_
;
3091 ref2
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref2_
;
3092 return (ref1
->symndx
== ref2
->symndx
3093 && (ref1
->symndx
< 0
3094 ? ref1
->u
.h
== ref2
->u
.h
3095 : ref1
->u
.abfd
== ref2
->u
.abfd
)
3096 && ref1
->addend
== ref2
->addend
);
3100 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3102 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
3104 entry
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry_
;
3105 return entry
->sec
->id
;
3109 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
3111 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry1
, *entry2
;
3113 entry1
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry1_
;
3114 entry2
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry2_
;
3115 return entry1
->sec
== entry2
->sec
;
3118 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */
3120 static struct mips_got_info
*
3121 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd
*abfd
)
3123 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3125 g
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3129 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3130 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3131 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3134 g
->got_page_refs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_ref_hash
,
3135 mips_got_page_ref_eq
, NULL
);
3136 if (g
->got_page_refs
== NULL
)
3142 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
3143 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
3145 static struct mips_got_info
*
3146 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3148 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3150 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd
))
3153 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3154 if (!tdata
->got
&& create_p
)
3155 tdata
->got
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
3159 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
3162 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3164 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3166 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd
));
3167 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3170 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
3171 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
3172 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_entries
);
3173 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_refs
);
3174 if (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
)
3175 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
);
3180 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
3181 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
3182 if creation fails. */
3185 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3191 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
3192 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3193 sreloc
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, dname
);
3194 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
3196 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
3201 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3204 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
3205 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
3211 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
3214 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type
)
3216 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
))
3219 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3222 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
))
3225 return GOT_TLS_NONE
;
3228 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
3231 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type
)
3248 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
3249 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
3253 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
3254 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3257 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3258 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3260 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
), h
)
3261 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
) || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
3264 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3266 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3267 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3276 return indx
!= 0 ? 2 : 1;
3282 return bfd_link_pic (info
) ? 1 : 0;
3289 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
3293 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3294 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
3295 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
)
3297 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3299 g
->tls_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
3300 g
->relocs
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3302 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3304 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
)
3305 g
->local_gotno
+= 1;
3307 g
->global_gotno
+= 1;
3310 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3313 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3315 unsigned long reloc_index
,
3320 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
3322 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
3324 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
3325 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
3327 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3329 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3330 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3332 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3335 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3336 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3338 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3341 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3344 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3345 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
,
3346 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3349 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3351 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
3352 bfd_vma got_offset
, got_offset2
;
3353 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3355 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3359 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
3364 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3366 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
),
3368 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
3369 || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
3370 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3373 if (entry
->tls_initialized
)
3376 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3378 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3379 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3382 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3383 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3384 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3385 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
3386 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
3388 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3389 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3390 got_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3392 switch (entry
->tls_type
)
3395 /* General Dynamic. */
3396 got_offset2
= got_offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3400 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3401 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3402 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3403 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3406 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3407 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3408 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
3409 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset2
);
3411 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3412 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3416 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3417 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3418 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3419 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3424 /* Initial Exec model. */
3428 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
3429 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3431 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3432 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3434 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3435 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3436 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
3437 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3440 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
3441 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3445 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3446 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3447 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3448 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
3449 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3451 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
3452 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3453 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3455 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3456 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3457 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3458 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3465 entry
->tls_initialized
= TRUE
;
3468 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3469 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3470 will be negative. */
3473 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3474 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3476 bfd_vma got_address
, got_value
;
3477 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3479 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3480 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3482 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
3483 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
3485 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3486 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3487 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
3488 + (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
3489 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (info
->output_bfd
)));
3491 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3492 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
3493 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3494 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3496 return got_address
- got_value
;
3499 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3500 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3501 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3502 offset can be found. */
3505 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3506 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
3507 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3509 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3510 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3512 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3513 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3515 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
,
3516 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
3520 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3521 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, info
, entry
, h
, value
);
3522 return entry
->gotidx
;
3525 /* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */
3528 mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3529 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3531 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3532 long global_got_dynindx
;
3533 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3536 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3537 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3539 global_got_dynindx
= 0;
3540 if (htab
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
3541 global_got_dynindx
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
3543 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3544 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3545 indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the
3547 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
3548 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
);
3549 got_index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
3550 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd
));
3551 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3556 /* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is
3557 referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */
3560 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*ibfd
,
3561 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3563 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3564 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3565 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3568 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3569 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3571 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3574 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3575 if (!lookup
.tls_type
&& g
== mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
))
3576 return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd
, info
, h
);
3580 lookup
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3581 entry
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3584 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3585 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3587 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3589 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3591 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3592 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3593 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3594 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3595 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3596 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3598 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd
, info
, entry
, lookup
.d
.h
, value
);
3603 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3604 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3605 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3606 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3607 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3610 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3611 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
3613 bfd_vma page
, got_index
;
3614 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3616 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
3617 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, page
, 0,
3618 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3623 got_index
= entry
->gotidx
;
3626 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
3631 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3632 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3633 symbol that binds locally. */
3636 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3637 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
3639 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3641 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3642 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3643 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3644 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3646 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
3648 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3649 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3650 same in all cases. */
3651 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
, 0,
3652 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
3654 return entry
->gotidx
;
3659 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3663 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
3664 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma got_index
)
3666 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3670 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3671 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3673 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
3674 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
3675 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
3677 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ got_index
- gp
;
3680 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3681 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3682 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3685 static struct mips_got_entry
*
3686 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3687 bfd
*ibfd
, bfd_vma value
,
3688 unsigned long r_symndx
,
3689 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3692 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3694 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3695 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3698 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3699 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3701 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3704 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, FALSE
);
3705 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3708 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3710 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3712 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3713 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3716 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3719 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3723 lookup
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
3724 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3732 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3735 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3736 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
3743 lookup
.d
.address
= value
;
3744 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3748 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3752 if (g
->assigned_low_gotno
> g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
3754 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3756 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3757 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3761 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3765 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3766 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3767 || got_page_reloc_p (r_type
)
3768 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
))
3769 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_low_gotno
++;
3771 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_high_gotno
--;
3776 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
, htab
->root
.sgot
->contents
+ entry
->gotidx
);
3778 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3779 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3781 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
3784 bfd_vma got_address
;
3786 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3787 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
3788 + htab
->root
.sgot
->output_offset
3791 rloc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
3792 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
3793 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
3794 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
3795 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, rloc
);
3801 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3802 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3803 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3804 the current linking stage. */
3806 static bfd_size_type
3807 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3809 bfd_size_type count
;
3812 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3813 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
3816 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3818 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
3819 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
3820 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3821 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3822 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
3828 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3829 appear towards the end. */
3832 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3834 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3835 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
3836 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3838 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3839 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3841 if (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
== 0)
3849 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3850 = hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3851 = (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
- g
->reloc_only_gotno
);
3852 /* Add 1 to local symbol indices to account for the mandatory NULL entry
3853 at the head of the table; see `_bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms'. */
3854 hsd
.max_local_dynindx
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
) + 1;
3855 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= htab
->root
.local_dynsymcount
+ 1;
3856 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
, &hsd
);
3858 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3859 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3860 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_local_dynindx
<= htab
->root
.local_dynsymcount
+ 1);
3861 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
3862 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
== htab
->root
.dynsymcount
);
3863 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynsymcount
- hsd
.min_got_dynindx
== g
->global_gotno
);
3865 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3866 table index in the GOT. */
3867 htab
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
3872 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3873 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3877 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3879 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
3881 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3883 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3886 switch (h
->global_got_area
)
3889 if (h
->root
.forced_local
)
3890 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_local_dynindx
++;
3892 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
3896 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
3897 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3900 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY
:
3901 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
3902 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3903 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
3910 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3911 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3912 hash table directly). */
3915 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3916 struct mips_got_entry
*lookup
)
3918 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3919 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3920 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3921 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
3923 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
3924 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3926 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3930 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
3931 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3934 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3938 lookup
->tls_initialized
= FALSE
;
3939 lookup
->gotidx
= -1;
3944 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
3945 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
3949 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3958 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
3959 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3960 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3963 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3964 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3965 bfd_boolean for_call
, int r_type
)
3967 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3968 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
3969 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
3970 unsigned char tls_type
;
3972 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3973 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3975 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3977 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
3979 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3981 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3983 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3987 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
3990 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3994 tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3995 if (tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
&& hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_NORMAL
)
3996 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4000 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4001 entry
.tls_type
= tls_type
;
4002 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
4005 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
4006 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
4009 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
4010 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int r_type
)
4012 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4013 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4014 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
4016 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4017 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4020 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
4023 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
4024 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
4025 entry
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
4026 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
4029 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against SYMNDX + ADDEND.
4030 H is the symbol's hash table entry, or null if SYMNDX is local
4034 mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
4035 long symndx
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4036 bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4038 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4039 struct mips_got_info
*g1
, *g2
;
4040 struct mips_got_page_ref lookup
, *entry
;
4041 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
4043 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4044 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4046 g1
= htab
->got_info
;
4047 BFD_ASSERT (g1
!= NULL
);
4052 lookup
.u
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4056 lookup
.symndx
= symndx
;
4057 lookup
.u
.abfd
= abfd
;
4059 lookup
.addend
= addend
;
4060 loc
= htab_find_slot (g1
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4064 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *loc
;
4067 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4075 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
4076 g2
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
4080 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g2
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4090 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4093 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4097 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4099 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4100 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4102 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4103 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4105 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4106 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
4111 /* Make room for a null element. */
4112 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4115 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4119 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4120 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Count the number of GOT
4121 entries and TLS relocs. Set DATA->value to true if we need
4122 to resolve indirect or warning symbols and then recreate the GOT. */
4125 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4127 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4128 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4130 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4131 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4132 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
4134 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4137 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4138 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4144 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4148 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4149 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Add all entries to DATA->g,
4150 converting entries for indirect and warning symbols into entries
4151 for the target symbol. Set DATA->g to null on error. */
4154 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4156 struct mips_got_entry new_entry
, *entry
;
4157 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4160 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4161 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4162 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4163 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4164 && (entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4165 || entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
4167 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4174 BFD_ASSERT (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
4175 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4177 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4178 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
);
4181 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4189 if (entry
== &new_entry
)
4191 entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4200 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4205 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
4208 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range
*range
)
4210 return (range
->max_addend
- range
->min_addend
+ 0x1ffff) >> 16;
4213 /* Record that G requires a page entry that can reach SEC + ADDEND. */
4216 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
,
4217 asection
*sec
, bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4219 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
4220 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup
, *entry
;
4221 struct mips_got_page_range
**range_ptr
, *range
;
4222 bfd_vma old_pages
, new_pages
;
4225 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this section. */
4227 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4231 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
4232 seen the section. */
4233 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *loc
;
4236 entry
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4244 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
4246 range_ptr
= &entry
->ranges
;
4247 while (*range_ptr
&& addend
> (*range_ptr
)->max_addend
+ 0xffff)
4248 range_ptr
= &(*range_ptr
)->next
;
4250 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
4251 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
4252 a new singleton range. */
4254 if (!range
|| addend
< range
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4256 range
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*range
));
4260 range
->next
= *range_ptr
;
4261 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4262 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4270 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
4271 old_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4273 /* Update the ranges. */
4274 if (addend
< range
->min_addend
)
4275 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4276 else if (addend
> range
->max_addend
)
4278 if (range
->next
&& addend
>= range
->next
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4280 old_pages
+= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
->next
);
4281 range
->max_addend
= range
->next
->max_addend
;
4282 range
->next
= range
->next
->next
;
4285 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4288 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
4289 new_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4290 if (old_pages
!= new_pages
)
4292 entry
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4293 g
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4299 /* A htab_traverse callback for which *REFP points to a mips_got_page_ref
4300 and for which DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Work out
4301 whether the page reference described by *REFP needs a GOT page entry,
4302 and record that entry in DATA->g if so. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4305 mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref (void **refp
, void *data
)
4307 struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
4308 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4309 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4313 ref
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *refp
;
4314 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4315 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (arg
->info
);
4317 if (ref
->symndx
< 0)
4319 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4321 /* Global GOT_PAGEs decay to GOT_DISP and so don't need page entries. */
4323 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (arg
->info
, &h
->root
))
4326 /* Ignore undefined symbols; we'll issue an error later if
4328 if (!((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4329 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4330 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
))
4333 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4334 addend
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
+ ref
->addend
;
4338 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4340 /* Read in the symbol. */
4341 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
, ref
->u
.abfd
,
4349 /* Get the associated input section. */
4350 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ref
->u
.abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4357 /* If this is a mergable section, work out the section and offset
4358 of the merged data. For section symbols, the addend specifies
4359 of the offset _of_ the first byte in the data, otherwise it
4360 specifies the offset _from_ the first byte. */
4361 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
4365 secinfo
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
;
4366 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
4367 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4368 isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
);
4370 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4371 isym
->st_value
) + ref
->addend
;
4374 addend
= isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
;
4376 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (arg
, sec
, addend
))
4384 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4385 replace them with entries for the target symbol. Convert g->got_page_refs
4386 into got_page_entry structures and estimate the number of page entries
4387 that they require. */
4390 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4391 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
4393 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4394 struct mips_got_info oldg
;
4401 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_check_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4405 g
->got_entries
= htab_create (htab_size (oldg
.got_entries
),
4406 mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
4407 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4408 if (!g
->got_entries
)
4411 htab_traverse (oldg
.got_entries
, mips_elf_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4415 htab_delete (oldg
.got_entries
);
4418 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4419 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4420 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4425 htab_traverse (g
->got_page_refs
, mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref
, &tga
);
4430 /* Return true if a GOT entry for H should live in the local rather than
4434 mips_use_local_got_p (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4435 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4437 /* Symbols that aren't in the dynamic symbol table must live in the
4438 local GOT. This includes symbols that are completely undefined
4439 and which therefore don't bind locally. We'll report undefined
4440 symbols later if appropriate. */
4441 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
4444 /* Symbols that bind locally can (and in the case of forced-local
4445 symbols, must) live in the local GOT. */
4446 if (h
->got_only_for_calls
4447 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
4448 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
4451 /* If this is an executable that must provide a definition of the symbol,
4452 either though PLTs or copy relocations, then that address should go in
4453 the local rather than global GOT. */
4454 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && h
->has_static_relocs
)
4460 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
4461 link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in
4462 the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.
4463 Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only
4464 because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */
4467 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4469 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4470 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4471 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4473 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4474 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4476 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4478 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4479 local or global GOT. */
4480 if (mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
))
4481 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4482 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4483 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4484 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4485 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
4486 && h
->got_only_for_calls
4487 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4488 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4489 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4490 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4491 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4492 else if (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4494 g
->reloc_only_gotno
++;
4501 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4502 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4505 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4507 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4508 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4511 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4512 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4513 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4522 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4527 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4528 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4531 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4533 struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
4534 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4537 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *entryp
;
4538 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4539 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_page_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4548 arg
->g
->page_gotno
+= entry
->num_pages
;
4553 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4554 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4555 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4556 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4560 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*from
,
4561 struct mips_got_info
*to
,
4562 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4564 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4565 unsigned int estimate
;
4567 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4568 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4569 if (estimate
>= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
)
4570 estimate
= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
;
4572 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4574 estimate
+= from
->local_gotno
+ to
->local_gotno
;
4575 estimate
+= from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
;
4577 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4578 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4579 conservatively as well. */
4580 if (to
== arg
->primary
&& from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
)
4581 estimate
+= arg
->global_count
;
4583 estimate
+= from
->global_gotno
+ to
->global_gotno
;
4585 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4586 if (estimate
> arg
->max_count
)
4589 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4590 tga
.info
= arg
->info
;
4592 htab_traverse (from
->got_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_entry
, &tga
);
4596 htab_traverse (from
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry
, &tga
);
4600 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, to
);
4604 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4605 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4606 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4607 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4608 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4609 and then make make the new got current. */
4612 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
,
4613 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4615 unsigned int estimate
;
4618 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (arg
->info
, g
))
4621 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4622 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4623 if (estimate
> g
->page_gotno
)
4624 estimate
= g
->page_gotno
;
4625 estimate
+= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4627 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4628 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4629 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4630 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4631 estimate
+= (g
->tls_gotno
> 0 ? arg
->global_count
: g
->global_gotno
);
4633 if (estimate
<= arg
->max_count
)
4635 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4636 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4643 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4644 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->primary
, arg
);
4649 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4652 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->current
, arg
);
4657 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4658 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4659 overflows anyway. */
4660 g
->next
= arg
->current
;
4666 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4667 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4668 an index in a different GOT. */
4671 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp
, long gotidx
)
4673 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4675 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4676 if (entry
->gotidx
> 0)
4678 struct mips_got_entry
*new_entry
;
4680 new_entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4684 *new_entry
= *entry
;
4685 *entryp
= new_entry
;
4688 entry
->gotidx
= gotidx
;
4692 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4693 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4694 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4697 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4699 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4700 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4702 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4703 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4704 if (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
)
4707 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4708 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
))
4714 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4715 arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
4719 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4720 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4721 symbol to DATA->value. */
4724 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4726 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4727 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4729 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4730 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4731 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4732 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4733 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4734 entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
= arg
->value
;
4738 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4739 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4740 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4741 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4744 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4746 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4747 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4749 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4750 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4751 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4752 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4753 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4755 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
))
4760 arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
+= 1;
4762 if (bfd_link_pic (arg
->info
)
4763 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4764 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
4765 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
4766 arg
->g
->relocs
+= 1;
4772 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4773 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4774 lazy-binding stubs. */
4777 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4779 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4780 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4781 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4783 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4784 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4785 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4786 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4788 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4789 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4790 && entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
4792 entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
4793 htab
->lazy_stub_count
--;
4799 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4802 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4807 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4811 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
4815 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
4816 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4819 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4820 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4823 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4824 asection
*got
, bfd_size_type pages
)
4826 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4827 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
4828 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4829 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
4830 unsigned int assign
, needed_relocs
;
4833 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4834 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4835 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4839 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
4840 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
4841 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
4842 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
4843 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
4844 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
4845 - htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4846 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_pages
= pages
;
4847 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4848 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4850 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
4852 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4853 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4854 to be the primary GOT. */
4855 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4857 gg
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4858 if (gg
&& !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd
, gg
, &got_per_bfd_arg
))
4862 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4863 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
4864 g
->next
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
4866 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
4867 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
4869 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4873 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4874 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4875 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4876 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4878 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, g
);
4880 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4881 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4882 those that are actually referenced. */
4883 gg
->reloc_only_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
4884 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
4887 tga
.value
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
4888 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4889 tga
.value
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4890 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4892 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4893 [assigned_low_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4894 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4895 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4896 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4897 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4898 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4899 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4900 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4901 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4902 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4903 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4904 points back to the master GOT. */
4905 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
4906 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
4913 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
4915 assign
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
4916 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= assign
;
4917 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
;
4918 g
->local_gotno
+= (pages
< g
->page_gotno
? pages
: g
->page_gotno
);
4919 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
4920 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4922 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4923 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4924 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4929 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4930 all non-TLS entries. */
4931 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
4933 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4934 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
4937 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
== assign
);
4939 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4942 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4943 lazy-binding stubs. */
4945 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs
, info
);
4949 got
->size
= assign
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4952 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
4954 unsigned int save_assign
;
4956 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
4957 relocations they need. */
4958 save_assign
= g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4959 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
4961 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4963 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx
, &tga
);
4966 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
);
4967 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= save_assign
;
4969 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4971 g
->relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4972 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
4973 + g
->next
->global_gotno
4974 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
4975 + htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4977 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4979 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4982 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
4989 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4990 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4992 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
4993 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
4994 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4995 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
4997 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4999 while (relocation
< relend
)
5001 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
5002 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
5008 /* We didn't find it. */
5012 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
5015 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
5016 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5017 asection
**local_sections
)
5019 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5020 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5023 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5024 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5025 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5027 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5029 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
5035 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
5038 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5040 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
5041 /* VALUE is negative. */
5042 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
5047 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
5048 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
5052 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5054 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
5056 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
5057 /* The value is too big. */
5059 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
5060 /* The value is too small. */
5067 /* Calculate the %high function. */
5070 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
5072 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
5075 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
5078 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5081 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
5088 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
5091 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5094 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
5101 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
5104 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
5105 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5108 register asection
*s
;
5110 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
5112 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
5115 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
5117 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5118 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5121 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
5127 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
5130 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5133 register asection
*s
;
5134 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5135 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5136 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5138 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5139 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5141 /* This function may be called more than once. */
5142 if (htab
->root
.sgot
)
5145 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5146 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5148 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
5149 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
5150 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
5152 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
5154 htab
->root
.sgot
= s
;
5156 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
5157 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
5158 are not creating a global offset table. */
5160 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5161 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
5162 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5165 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5168 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5169 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
5170 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
5172 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5173 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5176 htab
->got_info
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
5177 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
5178 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5180 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
5181 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
5182 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
5185 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5188 htab
->root
.sgotplt
= s
;
5193 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
5194 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
5195 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
5198 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5200 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
5201 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
5202 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
5203 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
5206 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
5207 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
5208 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
5212 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd
*input_bfd
, int r_type
,
5213 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5215 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5216 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5217 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5218 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5219 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5220 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd
))
5227 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
5228 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
5229 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5230 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5231 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5232 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5233 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5237 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p
;
5244 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5245 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5246 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5248 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5249 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5250 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5252 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5253 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5254 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5255 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5257 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5258 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5259 asection
*input_section
,
5260 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5261 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5262 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5263 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
5264 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
5266 bfd_boolean
*cross_mode_jump_p
,
5267 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
5269 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5271 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5274 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5275 shared object file being produced. */
5277 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5280 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5282 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5283 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5284 during execution. */
5285 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
5286 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5288 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5289 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5290 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5292 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
5293 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a section
5295 bfd_boolean section_p
= FALSE
;
5296 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5297 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
5298 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5299 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5300 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
5301 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5303 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5305 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5306 relocation value. */
5307 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
5308 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5309 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5310 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
= FALSE
;
5311 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5313 bfd_boolean resolved_to_zero
;
5315 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5316 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5317 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5319 /* Parse the relocation. */
5320 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5321 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5322 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5323 + input_section
->output_offset
5324 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5326 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5327 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
5329 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5330 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5331 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5332 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
5334 was_local_p
= local_p
;
5335 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
5336 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5339 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5340 must come before globals. */
5344 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5347 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5348 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5350 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
5351 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
5353 section_p
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
;
5355 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5356 if (!section_p
|| (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
5357 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
5358 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) && section_p
)
5360 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
5362 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5365 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5366 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
5369 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5370 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
5371 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
5373 if (*namep
== NULL
|| **namep
== '\0')
5374 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
5376 /* For relocations against a section symbol and ones against no
5377 symbol (absolute relocations) infer the ISA mode from the addend. */
5378 if (section_p
|| r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
5380 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (addend
& 1) && !micromips_p
;
5381 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (addend
& 1) && micromips_p
;
5383 /* For relocations against an absolute symbol infer the ISA mode
5384 from the value of the symbol plus addend. */
5385 else if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
5387 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) && !micromips_p
;
5388 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) && micromips_p
;
5390 /* Otherwise just use the regular symbol annotation available. */
5393 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
);
5394 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
);
5399 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5401 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5402 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5403 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5404 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5405 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5406 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5407 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5409 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5410 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
5412 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5413 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5414 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
5415 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
5417 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5418 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5419 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type
))
5420 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5424 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5425 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5426 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5427 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
5430 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5431 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5432 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5434 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5435 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5436 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5438 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5439 if (sec
->output_section
)
5440 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5441 + sec
->output_section
->vma
5442 + sec
->output_offset
);
5444 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5446 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5447 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5448 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5449 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5452 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
5453 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5455 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
5456 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5458 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5459 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5460 in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5461 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5462 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5464 BFD_ASSERT (! bfd_link_pic (info
));
5465 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
5468 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
5470 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5471 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5472 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5473 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5474 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5475 which is available from here:
5476 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5481 bfd_boolean reject_undefined
5482 = (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
5483 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) != STV_DEFAULT
);
5485 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
5486 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
5487 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
, reject_undefined
);
5489 if (reject_undefined
)
5490 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5495 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
);
5496 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
5499 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5500 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5502 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5504 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5505 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5507 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5508 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5509 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5511 && h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
5512 && (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_CALL16
|| h
->need_fn_stub
))
5514 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
5515 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5516 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section
))
5518 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5519 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5523 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5528 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
5531 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5532 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5533 sec
= h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
;
5534 value
= h
->la25_stub
->offset
;
5543 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ value
;
5544 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5545 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5547 /* If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or
5548 to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub.
5549 Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior;
5550 indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead. */
5551 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5552 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
5554 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
5555 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5556 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->use_plt_entry
) || !target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5559 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5562 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5563 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5565 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
5570 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5572 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
)))
5574 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5581 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
5584 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5587 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
5588 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5590 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5592 else if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->la25_stub
5593 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd
, r_type
,
5594 target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5596 symbol
= (h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_section
->vma
5597 + h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_offset
5598 + h
->la25_stub
->offset
);
5599 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
))
5602 /* For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT
5603 entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made. In this
5604 case the symbol will have been set by mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
5605 to point to the standard PLT entry, so redirect to the compressed
5607 else if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5608 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
5609 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5612 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
5613 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
5615 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5617 sec
= htab
->root
.splt
;
5618 symbol
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
5619 + sec
->output_offset
5620 + htab
->plt_header_size
5621 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
5622 + h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
5625 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= !micromips_p
;
5626 target_is_micromips_code_p
= micromips_p
;
5629 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5630 if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5631 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5634 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5635 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5638 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5639 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5640 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5641 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5642 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5644 *cross_mode_jump_p
= (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5645 && !(h
&& h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5646 && ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5647 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5648 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5649 && !target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5650 || ((branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5651 || r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
)
5652 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5653 || target_is_micromips_code_p
))));
5655 local_p
= (h
== NULL
|| mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
));
5657 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
5658 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
5660 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
5665 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5666 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5667 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5668 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type
) && !local_p
)
5670 r_type
= (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5671 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
: R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
);
5675 resolved_to_zero
= (h
!= NULL
5676 && UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
,
5679 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5680 to need it, get it now. */
5683 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5684 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5687 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5688 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5689 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5690 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5691 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5692 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5693 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5694 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5695 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5696 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5697 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5698 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5700 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5701 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5702 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5703 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5704 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5705 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5706 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5707 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5708 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5709 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
5711 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5712 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
5714 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5718 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5719 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5720 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5721 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5722 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5723 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5725 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5726 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
5727 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
5731 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5732 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
5734 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
)
5735 && !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5736 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5737 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, htab
->root
.sgot
->contents
+ g
);
5740 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
5741 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5742 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5746 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5747 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
5749 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5752 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5753 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
5757 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5758 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5759 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
5761 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
5765 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5766 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5768 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5769 + input_section
->output_offset
5770 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5771 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
5772 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
5773 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
5775 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5776 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5778 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5779 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5782 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
5785 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5789 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5792 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5793 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5794 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5795 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5801 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5802 || (htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
5804 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
5805 && !h
->root
.def_regular
5806 && !h
->has_static_relocs
))
5807 && r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
5809 || h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5810 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
5811 && !resolved_to_zero
))
5812 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5814 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5815 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5816 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5817 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5818 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5819 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5821 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
5829 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5833 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
5834 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5838 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5842 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5843 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5847 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5848 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5849 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5850 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5851 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5853 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5857 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5858 shift
= (!*cross_mode_jump_p
&& r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
) ? 1 : 2;
5860 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& !section_p
)
5861 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 26 + shift
);
5866 /* Make sure the target of a jump is suitably aligned. Bit 0 must
5867 be the correct ISA mode selector except for weak undefined
5869 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5870 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
5871 ? (value
& 3) != (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
5872 : (value
& ((1 << shift
) - 1)) != (r_type
!= R_MIPS_26
)))
5873 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5876 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5877 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> (26 + shift
));
5878 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5882 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5883 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5884 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5885 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
5889 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5890 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
5891 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
5892 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5893 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5894 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5897 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5898 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5899 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5900 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
5904 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5905 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
5906 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
5907 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5908 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5909 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5914 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
5917 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
5918 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5922 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5923 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5924 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5928 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5929 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5930 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5931 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5932 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
5933 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- ((p
+ 4) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3));
5934 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5935 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5936 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5937 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
)
5938 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 1);
5940 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
5946 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
5947 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
:
5949 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5952 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5953 for this conditional. */
5954 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
5955 value
= addend
+ gp
- (p
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3);
5956 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5957 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
)
5958 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 3;
5960 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
5961 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5962 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5963 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5964 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5967 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5968 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5971 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5972 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5973 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5974 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5975 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5976 not check for overflow here. */
5980 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5981 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
5982 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5983 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5984 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5989 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
5990 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5991 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5992 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5993 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5994 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5995 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
5996 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
5997 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5998 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5999 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
6000 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6001 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
6002 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
6003 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
6004 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
6005 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
6006 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
6010 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6011 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6014 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
6015 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
6018 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
6019 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
6020 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
6021 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
6022 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
6024 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
6025 symbol
+ addend
, !was_local_p
);
6026 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6027 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6029 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6030 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6037 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6038 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6039 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6040 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
6041 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6042 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
6043 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
6044 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6045 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6046 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6048 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6051 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
6052 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
6054 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6058 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
6059 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6060 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18);
6062 /* No need to exclude weak undefined symbols here as they resolve
6063 to 0 and never set `*cross_mode_jump_p', so this alignment check
6064 will never trigger for them. */
6065 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
6066 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 1
6067 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0)
6068 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6070 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6071 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6072 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
6073 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6074 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6077 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
6078 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6079 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6081 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6082 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6083 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0
6084 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) == 0))
6085 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6087 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6088 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6089 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6090 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6091 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6094 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
6095 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6096 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 23);
6098 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6099 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6101 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6102 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6103 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 23);
6104 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6105 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6108 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
6109 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6110 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28);
6112 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6113 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6115 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6116 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6117 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 28);
6118 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6119 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6122 case R_MIPS_PC18_S3
:
6123 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6124 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6126 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 7)
6127 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6129 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 7) ^ 7);
6130 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6131 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6132 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6133 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6136 case R_MIPS_PC19_S2
:
6137 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6138 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6140 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6141 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6143 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6144 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6145 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6146 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6147 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6151 value
= mips_elf_high (symbol
+ addend
- p
);
6152 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6153 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6154 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6158 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6159 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
6160 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6161 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6164 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
6165 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6166 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 8);
6168 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6169 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6170 ? ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 3) != 0
6171 : ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 1) == 0))
6172 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6174 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6175 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6176 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 8);
6177 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6178 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6181 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
6182 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6183 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 11);
6185 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6186 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6187 ? ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 3) != 0
6188 : ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 1) == 0))
6189 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6191 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6192 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6193 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 11);
6194 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6195 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6198 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
6199 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6200 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6202 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6203 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6204 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0
6205 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) == 0))
6206 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6208 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6209 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6210 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6211 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6212 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6215 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
6216 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6217 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 25);
6218 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 3) ^ 3);
6219 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6220 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 25);
6221 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6222 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6225 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6226 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6227 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6228 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6229 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
6230 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
6231 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
6233 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
6234 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6237 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6238 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6239 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6240 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6241 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
6244 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6245 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6246 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
6247 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6248 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6249 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6250 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6253 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6254 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6256 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
6259 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6263 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB
:
6264 value
= symbol
- addend
;
6265 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6269 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
6270 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
6271 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6274 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
6275 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
6276 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
6277 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6280 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6281 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6282 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
6283 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6287 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
6288 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
6289 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
6290 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
6291 if (h
!= NULL
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6292 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6293 /* We can't optimize cross-mode jumps either. */
6294 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
)
6295 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6296 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
6297 /* Neither we can non-instruction-aligned targets. */
6298 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
? (value
& 3) != 0 : (value
& 1) == 0)
6299 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6303 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6304 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6305 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
6306 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6309 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
6310 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
6313 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
6315 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
6318 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
6321 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6322 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6323 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
6326 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6327 unsigned int size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
6329 /* Obtain the bytes. */
6331 x
= bfd_get (8 * size
, input_bfd
, location
);
6336 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
6337 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
6338 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
6340 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
6341 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
6343 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
6346 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6347 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6348 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6349 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
6350 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
6351 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
)
6355 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
6358 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
6359 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6361 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
6363 /* Obtain the current value. */
6364 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
6366 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
6367 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
6369 /* Set the field. */
6370 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
6372 /* Detect incorrect JALX usage. If required, turn JAL or BAL into JALX. */
6373 if (!cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6375 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6377 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
? opcode
== 0x7
6378 : r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
? opcode
== 0x3c
6381 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6382 (_("%X%H: unsupported JALX to the same ISA mode\n"),
6383 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6387 if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6390 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6391 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
6393 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
6394 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
6396 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
6399 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
6401 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3d) || (opcode
== 0x3c));
6406 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
6410 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
6411 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
6414 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6415 (_("%X%H: unsupported jump between ISA modes; "
6416 "consider recompiling with interlinking enabled\n"),
6417 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6421 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6422 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
6424 else if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& b_reloc_p (r_type
))
6426 bfd_boolean ok
= FALSE
;
6427 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 16;
6428 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
= 0;
6429 bfd_vma sign_bit
= 0;
6433 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
6435 ok
= opcode
== 0x4060;
6440 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
)
6442 ok
= opcode
== 0x411;
6448 if (ok
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
6450 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6451 + input_section
->output_offset
6452 + relocation
->r_offset
6455 + (((value
& ((sign_bit
<< 1) - 1)) ^ sign_bit
) - sign_bit
));
6457 if ((addr
>> 28) << 28 != (dest
>> 28) << 28)
6459 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6460 (_("%X%H: cannot convert branch between ISA modes "
6461 "to JALX: relocation out of range\n"),
6462 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6466 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6467 x
= ((dest
>> 2) & 0x3ffffff) | jalx_opcode
<< 26;
6469 else if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->ignore_branch_isa
)
6471 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6472 (_("%X%H: unsupported branch between ISA modes\n"),
6473 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6478 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
6480 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6481 && !cross_mode_jump_p
6482 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6483 && r_type
== R_MIPS_26
6484 && (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
6485 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6486 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6487 && x
== 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6488 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd
)
6489 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6490 && (x
& ~1) == 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 / jalr zero, t9 */
6496 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6497 + input_section
->output_offset
6498 + relocation
->r_offset
6500 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
6501 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
6505 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
6507 if ((x
& ~1) == 0x03200008) /* jr t9 / jalr zero, t9 */
6508 x
= 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6510 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6514 /* Put the value into the output. */
6515 size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
6517 bfd_put (8 * size
, input_bfd
, x
, location
);
6519 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, !bfd_link_relocatable (info
),
6525 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6526 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6527 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6528 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6531 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6532 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6533 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6534 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6535 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
6536 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
6538 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
6543 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
6544 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6546 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6547 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
6549 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6550 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6551 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
6552 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
6553 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
6554 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
6557 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
6558 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
6559 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6561 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
6562 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
6563 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
6564 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
6567 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
6568 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6571 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
6573 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6574 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6575 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6580 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6581 in the relocation. */
6582 if (h
!= NULL
&& ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6584 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
|| h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
);
6585 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
6586 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6587 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
6589 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6590 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6591 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6592 undefined symbols. */
6597 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
6599 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
6601 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6606 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
6609 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
6610 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
6616 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6617 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6618 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6619 local symbols because we used to generate them
6620 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6621 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6622 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6623 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6624 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6625 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6627 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6628 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6629 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6630 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6631 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6636 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6637 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6638 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6639 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6640 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6643 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6644 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6645 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
6647 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6648 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6649 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
6652 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6653 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6654 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6655 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6656 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6657 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6658 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6659 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6660 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6661 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6662 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6663 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6664 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
6665 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6668 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
6670 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6671 correct location in the output file. */
6672 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6673 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6674 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6675 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6676 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6677 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6679 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6680 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6681 relocation format is non-standard. */
6682 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6684 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
6685 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6687 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
6689 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6691 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6692 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
6693 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6694 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6696 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
6699 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6700 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6701 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6703 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6704 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
6706 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6707 will be writing to it. */
6708 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
6711 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6712 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
6714 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
6719 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
6721 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
6722 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
6723 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
6724 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6725 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
6726 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
6728 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
6729 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
6730 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
6732 cr
= (scpt
->contents
6733 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
6734 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
6735 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
6736 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
6737 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
6738 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
6742 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6743 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6745 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
6746 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6751 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6754 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
6756 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
6758 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
6759 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
6761 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
6762 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
6764 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
6765 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
6767 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
6768 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
6770 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
6771 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
6773 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
6774 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
6776 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
6777 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
6779 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
6780 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
6782 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900
:
6783 return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
6785 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
6786 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
6788 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
6789 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
6791 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
6792 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
6794 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
6795 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
6797 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
:
6798 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
6800 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
:
6801 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
;
6803 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
:
6804 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
6806 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
6807 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
6809 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
6810 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
6812 case E_MIPS_MACH_IAMR2
:
6813 return bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
;
6816 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
6820 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
6823 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
6826 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
6829 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
6832 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
6834 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
6835 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
6837 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
6838 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
6840 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
6841 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
6843 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
6844 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
6846 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
:
6847 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
;
6849 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
:
6850 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
;
6857 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6859 static INLINE
char *
6860 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
6864 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
6865 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
6868 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
6870 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
6874 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
6876 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
6878 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
6880 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
6883 return "unknown abi";
6887 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6888 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6889 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6890 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6891 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6892 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
6893 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6894 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6896 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6897 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6898 definition in a shared library. */
6899 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
6900 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6901 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6903 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6906 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
6908 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
6910 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6911 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
6912 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
6914 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
6915 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6916 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6917 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6918 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6919 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6920 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6922 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6923 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
6924 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
6925 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6926 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6927 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6928 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
6929 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6930 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6931 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6933 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6937 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6938 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6939 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
6940 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
6941 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6944 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
6945 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6947 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6948 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
6949 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
6950 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6951 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6952 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6953 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
6954 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6955 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6956 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6958 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6959 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
6962 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
6963 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6968 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
6970 if (section
!= NULL
)
6972 asym
->section
= section
;
6973 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6974 to the base of the .text section. So subtract the section
6975 base address to make it an offset. */
6976 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6983 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
6985 if (section
!= NULL
)
6987 asym
->section
= section
;
6988 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6989 to the base of the .data section. So subtract the section
6990 base address to make it an offset. */
6991 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6997 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6998 or microMIPS one. */
6999 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_FUNC
7000 && (asym
->value
& 1) != 0)
7003 if (MICROMIPS_P (abfd
))
7004 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
7005 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
7007 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
7008 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
7012 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
7013 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
7015 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
7016 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
7017 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
7018 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
7019 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
7021 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
7022 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
7023 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
7024 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
7026 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
7027 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
7028 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
7029 We therefore take the following approach:
7031 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
7032 determine the pointer size.
7034 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
7035 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
7039 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
7040 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
7041 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
7042 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
7043 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
7045 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
7046 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
7050 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*sec
)
7052 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
7054 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
7056 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
7058 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
7059 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
7060 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
7067 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
7068 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
7069 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
7078 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
7079 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
7080 same address. For example, if we have code like:
7082 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
7083 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
7086 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
7087 will jump there rather than to .text.
7089 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
7090 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
7093 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
7095 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
7098 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
7099 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
7100 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
7104 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
7106 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
7107 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
7111 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
7113 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
7116 (_("%pB: incorrect `.reginfo' section size; "
7117 "expected %" PRIu64
", got %" PRIu64
),
7118 abfd
, (uint64_t) sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
),
7119 (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
);
7120 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7125 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
7128 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7129 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
7133 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
7134 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
7135 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
7136 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
7138 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7140 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
7141 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
7142 so that we don't have to read them again.
7143 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
7144 through the section contents to see if there is an
7145 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
7147 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
7149 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7150 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7152 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7154 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7156 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7159 /* xgettext:c-format */
7160 (_("%pB: warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than"
7162 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7165 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7172 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7173 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
7176 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7177 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
7180 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7187 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7188 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
7191 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7192 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
7199 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
7201 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
7203 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
7204 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
7205 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
7206 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
7207 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
7208 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
7209 on it in an input file will be followed. */
7210 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7211 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
7212 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
7213 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7214 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
7215 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7216 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
7218 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
7220 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
7222 unsigned int adjust
;
7224 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
7226 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
7234 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
7235 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
7236 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
7238 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
7242 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
7243 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
7249 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
7250 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
7251 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
7252 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
7253 probably get away with this. */
7254 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
7256 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7257 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
7261 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
7264 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
7265 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
7268 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7269 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7272 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
7273 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
7276 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
7277 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
7279 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
7281 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
7282 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
7283 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
7285 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7287 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
7288 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
7291 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7292 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7295 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
7296 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7299 case SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
:
7300 if (!MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7302 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7304 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
7305 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7306 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7309 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7310 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
7313 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7314 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7315 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7322 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
7327 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7328 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
7334 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
7336 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
7338 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7339 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7341 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (abfd
, &ext
,
7342 &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
);
7343 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.version
!= 0)
7345 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
7348 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
7350 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
7351 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
7352 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
7353 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
7354 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7356 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
7359 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7360 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7362 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
7363 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
7366 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
7367 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
7368 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
7369 they should agree. */
7370 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7372 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7374 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7375 if (contents
== NULL
)
7377 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
7384 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7385 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7387 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7389 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7391 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7394 /* xgettext:c-format */
7395 (_("%pB: warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than"
7397 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7400 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7402 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
7404 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
7406 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
7407 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7409 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7411 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7413 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
7415 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
7417 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
7418 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7420 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7430 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
7431 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
7432 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7435 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
7437 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7439 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
7441 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
7442 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
7443 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7445 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
7446 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
7447 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7449 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
7450 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
7451 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7453 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
7454 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
7455 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
7457 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
7458 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
7459 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7460 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7461 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7463 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7465 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
7467 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7468 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
7469 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7470 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7472 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7473 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7475 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7478 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7480 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7481 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
7482 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
7483 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
7485 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7486 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7488 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
7489 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
7492 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
7493 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
7494 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7495 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
7496 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
7497 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
7498 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7499 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
7501 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
7502 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7504 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7506 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
7507 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7508 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7510 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7512 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7513 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7514 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7516 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
7518 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
7519 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
);
7521 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7522 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7524 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
7526 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
7527 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
7528 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
7529 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_frame"))
7530 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7532 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7534 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
7535 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7536 final_write_processing. */
7538 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7539 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7541 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
7542 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7543 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7545 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
7547 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
7548 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
7549 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
7552 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7553 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7554 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7555 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7556 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7561 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7562 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7563 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7564 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7565 the .scommon section. */
7568 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7569 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
7571 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
7573 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7576 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
7578 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
7584 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7585 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7588 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7589 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
7590 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7591 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
7593 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7594 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
7595 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7597 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7602 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7603 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7604 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7605 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7606 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7607 is not done for them. */
7609 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
7610 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7616 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
7619 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7620 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7621 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7622 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
7623 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7626 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7627 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
7628 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
7629 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
7633 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7634 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7636 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
7637 asection
*elf_text_section
;
7638 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7640 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7641 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7644 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7645 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7646 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
7649 /* Initialize the section. */
7651 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
7652 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7654 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7655 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
7657 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
7658 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7659 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7660 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7661 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
7662 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7663 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
7665 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7666 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7667 so I took it out. */
7668 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
7671 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7672 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7674 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7675 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7677 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
7678 asection
*elf_data_section
;
7679 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7681 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7682 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7685 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7686 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7687 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
7690 /* Initialize the section. */
7692 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
7693 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7695 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7696 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
7698 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
7699 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7700 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7701 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7702 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
7703 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7704 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
7706 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7707 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7708 so I took it out. */
7709 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
7712 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7713 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7717 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7718 && ! bfd_link_pic (info
)
7719 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
7720 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7722 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7723 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7725 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7727 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7728 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
7729 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7732 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7735 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7737 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7740 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
7741 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7744 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7745 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7746 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7747 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7753 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7754 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7755 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7758 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7759 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7760 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
7761 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7763 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7764 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7765 common in the output file. */
7766 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
7767 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
7768 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7770 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7771 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
7776 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7778 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7781 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7783 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7784 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7786 register asection
*s
;
7787 const char * const *namep
;
7788 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7790 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7791 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7793 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
7794 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
7796 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7798 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7800 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7803 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
7808 /* We need to create .got section. */
7809 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
7812 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
7815 /* Create .stub section. */
7816 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
7817 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
7820 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7821 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7825 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7826 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
7827 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
7829 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
7830 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
7832 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7833 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7837 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7838 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7839 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7840 the linker takes such action. */
7841 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7843 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
7846 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7847 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
7848 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7851 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7854 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7856 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7860 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7861 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7863 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
7867 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7868 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".hash");
7870 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7872 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7874 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7876 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7878 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7881 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7883 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7885 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7887 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7890 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
7894 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7896 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7897 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
7898 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7901 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7904 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7906 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7909 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
7911 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7912 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7913 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7914 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7915 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
7916 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7918 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7920 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7921 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
7922 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7925 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7928 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7930 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7932 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7936 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7937 Also, on VxWorks, create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol. */
7938 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
7941 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7942 if (htab
->is_vxworks
7943 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
7949 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7950 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7951 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7954 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
7955 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7956 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7958 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7959 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7961 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7962 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7963 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
7964 if (rel_hdr
== NULL
)
7966 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7967 return ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7968 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
7971 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7972 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7973 of the section that REL is against. */
7976 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7977 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
7980 unsigned int r_type
;
7984 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7985 location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7987 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7988 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7989 bytes
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, abfd
, contents
);
7990 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7992 addend
= bytes
& howto
->src_mask
;
7994 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. Adjust the addend
7996 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
&& (bytes
>> 26) == 0x3c)
8002 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
8003 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
8004 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
8005 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
8006 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
8009 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
,
8010 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8011 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
,
8012 bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma
*addend
)
8014 unsigned int r_type
, lo16_type
;
8015 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
8016 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
8019 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8020 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8021 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
8022 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
))
8023 lo16_type
= R_MICROMIPS_LO16
;
8024 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
)
8025 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_PCLO16
;
8027 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
8029 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
8030 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
8031 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
8034 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
8036 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
8037 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
8038 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
8039 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
8040 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
8041 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
8043 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
8044 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
8045 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
8046 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, lo16_type
, rel
, relend
);
8047 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
8050 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
8051 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
);
8052 l
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, lo16_relocation
, lo16_howto
, contents
);
8054 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
8055 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
8062 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
8063 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
8064 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
8067 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
**contents
)
8072 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
8073 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
8075 *contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
8079 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, contents
);
8082 /* Make a new PLT record to keep internal data. */
8084 static struct plt_entry
*
8085 mips_elf_make_plt_record (bfd
*abfd
)
8087 struct plt_entry
*entry
;
8089 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
8093 entry
->stub_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8094 entry
->mips_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8095 entry
->comp_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8096 entry
->gotplt_index
= MINUS_ONE
;
8100 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
8101 allocate space in the global offset table and record the need for
8102 standard MIPS and compressed procedure linkage table entries. */
8105 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8106 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
8110 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8111 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8113 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
8114 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
8116 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8117 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8120 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
8122 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8125 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8126 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8128 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8129 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8130 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
8131 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8133 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8134 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
8136 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
8138 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
8139 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
8141 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8143 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8146 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8150 /* xgettext:c-format */
8151 (_("%pB: warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8152 " stub section `%s'"),
8154 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8158 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8159 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8163 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8164 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
8165 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
8166 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8168 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8169 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8171 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8172 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8173 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8174 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8178 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8180 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8183 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8184 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8185 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8186 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
)))
8189 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8198 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8199 not need it. Since this function is called before
8200 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8201 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8203 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8207 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
8209 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
8211 unsigned long symcount
;
8215 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8216 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8218 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8219 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8220 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8223 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
8226 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8227 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8229 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8230 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8231 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8232 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8236 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8238 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8239 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8241 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8242 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8243 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8245 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8247 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8248 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8249 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8250 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8251 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8252 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
8254 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8258 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8260 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8263 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8265 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8266 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8269 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8272 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8276 /* xgettext:c-format */
8277 (_("%pB: warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8278 " stub section `%s'"),
8280 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8284 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8285 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8289 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8290 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
8291 that refers to this symbol. */
8292 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8294 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8295 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8297 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8298 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8299 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8300 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8304 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8306 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8309 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8310 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8311 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8312 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
8315 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8324 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8325 not need it. Since this function is called before
8326 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8327 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8329 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8333 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
8335 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
8337 unsigned long symcount
;
8341 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8342 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8344 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8345 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8346 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8349 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
8352 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8353 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8355 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8356 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8357 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8358 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8362 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8363 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8365 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8367 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8368 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
8370 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
8372 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8373 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8374 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8375 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8376 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8379 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8383 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8385 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8391 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
8393 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8394 unsigned int r_type
;
8395 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8396 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p
;
8397 bfd_boolean call_reloc_p
;
8398 bfd_boolean constrain_symbol_p
;
8400 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8401 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8403 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
8405 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
8408 /* xgettext:c-format */
8409 (_("%pB: malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
8411 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8416 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
8419 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8420 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8421 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8425 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
8426 relocation into a dynamic one. */
8427 can_make_dynamic_p
= FALSE
;
8429 /* Set CALL_RELOC_P to true if the relocation is for a call,
8430 and if pointer equality therefore doesn't matter. */
8431 call_reloc_p
= FALSE
;
8433 /* Set CONSTRAIN_SYMBOL_P if we need to take the relocation
8434 into account when deciding how to define the symbol.
8435 Relocations in nonallocatable sections such as .pdr and
8436 .debug* should have no effect. */
8437 constrain_symbol_p
= ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0);
8442 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8443 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8444 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8445 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8446 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8447 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8448 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8452 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8453 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8454 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8455 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8456 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8457 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8459 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8460 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8461 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8462 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8463 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8464 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8465 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8466 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8467 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8468 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8469 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8470 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8471 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8472 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8474 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8475 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
))
8477 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8480 /* xgettext:c-format */
8481 (_("%pB: GOT reloc at %#" PRIx64
" not expected in executables"),
8482 abfd
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
);
8483 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8486 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8491 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
8492 /* These relocations have empty fields and are purely there to
8493 provide link information. The symbol value doesn't matter. */
8494 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8497 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8498 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8499 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
8500 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8501 /* GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a
8502 regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule. This is
8503 important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which
8504 always resolves to a local function even if other relocations
8505 against the symbol wouldn't. */
8506 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8512 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8513 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
8514 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
8516 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
8517 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
8518 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
8519 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
8520 against a read-only section. */
8521 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
8523 && !htab
->is_vxworks
8524 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
8525 && !(!info
->nocopyreloc
8526 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd
)
8527 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))))
8528 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8530 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8532 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8538 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
8539 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
8541 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
8542 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8543 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
8544 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
8545 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
8546 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
8547 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8553 if (constrain_symbol_p
)
8555 if (!can_make_dynamic_p
)
8556 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_static_relocs
= 1;
8559 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
8561 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has
8562 relocations related to taking the function's address.
8563 This doesn't apply to VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer
8564 to a .got.plt entry instead of a normal .got entry. */
8565 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& (!can_make_dynamic_p
|| !call_reloc_p
))
8566 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8569 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8570 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8571 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8572 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8576 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8580 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8581 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8582 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8583 relocations against the text segment. */
8584 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8587 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8588 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8589 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
)
8590 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
) && htab
->is_vxworks
))
8592 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8593 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8594 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8595 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8596 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8597 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8598 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8599 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8600 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8601 rel
->r_addend
, info
, r_type
))
8606 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd
, r_type
,
8607 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->other
)))
8608 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
8613 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8614 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8618 /* xgettext:c-format */
8619 (_("%pB: CALL16 reloc at %#" PRIx64
" not against global symbol"),
8620 abfd
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
);
8621 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8626 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8627 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8628 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8629 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8632 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8633 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8634 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8635 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
,
8639 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8640 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8641 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8647 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8648 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8649 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8651 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8652 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8653 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8654 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8655 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8656 if (!h
|| got_page_reloc_p (r_type
))
8658 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8659 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8660 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8662 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
))
8664 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8666 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8667 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
,
8669 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8670 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
, rel_end
,
8673 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
8676 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8677 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (info
, abfd
, r_symndx
,
8683 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
8684 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8686 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8687 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
8688 && ! (bfd_link_pic (info
) && ! info
->symbolic
8689 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
8693 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8694 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8697 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8698 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8699 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8704 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8705 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8706 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8707 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8708 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
8711 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8712 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8713 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8714 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
8716 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
8722 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8723 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8724 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8725 for TLS GD relocations. */
8728 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8734 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8744 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8745 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8746 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8747 if (can_make_dynamic_p
)
8751 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8755 if (bfd_link_pic (info
) && h
== NULL
)
8757 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8758 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8759 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8760 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8761 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8762 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8763 relocations against the text segment. */
8764 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8768 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8770 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8771 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8772 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8773 it will be left as zero.
8775 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8776 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8778 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8779 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8781 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8782 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
8783 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8784 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8785 are relocations against the text segment. */
8786 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
8790 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8791 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8792 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8796 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8797 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
8798 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8799 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8800 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8801 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
8802 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
8803 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8804 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8805 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8808 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8809 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8810 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
8811 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8815 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8816 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8817 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
8818 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
8820 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8828 /* Record the need for a PLT entry. At this point we don't know
8829 yet if we are going to create a PLT in the first place, but
8830 we only record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS
8831 or a compressed code entry anyway. If we don't make a PLT after
8832 all, then we'll just ignore these arrangements. Likewise if
8833 a PLT entry is not created because the symbol is satisfied
8836 && (branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
8837 || mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
8838 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
8839 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8841 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8842 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (abfd
);
8843 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8846 if (branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
8847 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
8849 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
8852 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8853 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8854 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8855 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8857 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type
)
8858 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec
))
8860 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
8862 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8863 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8866 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8867 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8868 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8869 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8870 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8871 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8878 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
8879 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
8880 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
8881 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
8882 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8883 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8884 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
8887 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8888 and has a special meaning. */
8889 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd
) && h
!= NULL
8890 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8893 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8894 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8901 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8902 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8904 /* xgettext:c-format */
8905 (_("%pB: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used"
8906 " when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8908 (h
) ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "a local symbol");
8909 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8920 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8923 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8925 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
8927 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8928 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8930 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8931 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8933 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8934 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8936 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8937 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
8938 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8941 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
8942 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
8943 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8946 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8947 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8948 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
8949 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
8950 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
8951 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
8952 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
8953 || bfd_link_pic (info
)))
8955 bfd_boolean do_copy
= TRUE
;
8957 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8959 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
8960 non-default visibility. */
8961 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
8962 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
8965 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8967 else if (h
->dynindx
== -1 && !h
->forced_local
)
8969 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8976 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8977 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
8978 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
8979 relocations against it.
8981 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
8982 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
8984 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8986 if (hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
8987 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
8988 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
8991 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8992 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
8993 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
8994 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8995 against the text segment. */
8996 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9003 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
9004 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
9005 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
9006 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
9010 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9011 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9014 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9015 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9018 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9019 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9021 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9022 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9024 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
9025 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
9030 && !h
->def_regular
)));
9032 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9034 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
9035 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
9036 only do this if all references to the function are through call
9037 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
9038 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
9040 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
9041 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
9042 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9044 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9047 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
9048 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
9049 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
9050 executable and the shared library. */
9051 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9053 hmips
->needs_lazy_stub
= TRUE
;
9054 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9058 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
9059 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
9061 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
9062 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
9063 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
9064 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
9065 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
9066 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
9067 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
9068 else if (((h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9069 || (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
&& hmips
->has_static_relocs
))
9070 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
9071 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
9072 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9073 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9075 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9076 bfd_boolean newabi_p
= NEWABI_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9078 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, then make some
9079 basic setup. Also work out PLT entry sizes. We'll need them
9080 for PLT offset calculations. */
9081 if (htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
== 0)
9083 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9084 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_got_index
== 0);
9086 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
9087 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
9088 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
9089 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
9090 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
9091 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->root
.splt
, 5))
9094 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
9095 for the same reason as above. */
9096 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->root
.sgotplt
,
9097 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
9100 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
9102 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
9104 += (get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->got_header_size
9105 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9107 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
9108 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
9109 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9110 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9112 /* Now work out the sizes of individual PLT entries. */
9113 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9114 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9115 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
9116 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9117 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9118 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
9120 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9121 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9122 else if (!micromips_p
)
9124 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9125 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9126 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9127 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9129 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9131 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9132 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9133 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9134 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9138 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9139 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9140 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9141 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9145 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9146 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (dynobj
);
9147 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9150 /* There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for VxWorks,
9151 n32 or n64, so always use a standard entry there.
9153 If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then
9154 all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit
9155 to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a
9156 standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J
9161 || hmips
->call_fp_stub
)
9163 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9164 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= FALSE
;
9167 /* Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we
9168 have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed
9169 entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to
9170 contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create
9171 pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise,
9172 because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower. */
9173 if (!h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
&& !h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9176 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
9178 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9181 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
)
9183 h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
= htab
->plt_mips_offset
;
9184 htab
->plt_mips_offset
+= htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
;
9186 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9188 h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
= htab
->plt_comp_offset
;
9189 htab
->plt_comp_offset
+= htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
;
9192 /* Reserve the corresponding .got.plt entry now too. */
9193 h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
= htab
->plt_got_index
++;
9195 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
9196 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
9197 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && !h
->def_regular
)
9198 hmips
->use_plt_entry
= TRUE
;
9200 /* Make room for the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
9201 htab
->root
.srelplt
->size
+= (htab
->is_vxworks
9202 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
)
9203 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
));
9205 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
9206 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9207 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9209 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9210 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
9211 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9216 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
9217 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
9218 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
9219 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
9221 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
9222 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
9223 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9224 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9228 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
9229 in regular objects. */
9233 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
9234 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
9235 if (!hmips
->has_static_relocs
)
9238 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
9239 some that we can't convert. */
9240 if (!htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
9242 _bfd_error_handler (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
9243 "dynamic symbol %s"),
9244 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9245 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9249 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
9250 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
9251 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
9252 object will contain position independent code, so all references
9253 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
9254 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
9255 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
9256 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
9257 same memory location for the variable. */
9259 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
9261 s
= htab
->root
.sdynrelro
;
9262 srel
= htab
->root
.sreldynrelro
;
9266 s
= htab
->root
.sdynbss
;
9267 srel
= htab
->root
.srelbss
;
9269 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9271 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9272 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9274 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
9278 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9279 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
9280 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9282 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
9285 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
9286 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
9287 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
9290 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9291 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9294 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9295 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9297 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9298 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9300 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
9301 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
9304 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
9305 sect
->flags
|= SEC_FIXED_SIZE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9308 /* The .MIPS.abiflags section has a fixed size. */
9309 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
9312 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
,
9313 sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
9314 sect
->flags
|= SEC_FIXED_SIZE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
9318 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9320 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
9321 mips_elf_check_symbols
, &hti
);
9328 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
9331 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9335 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9336 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
9337 bfd_size_type page_gotno
;
9339 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
9340 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9342 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9343 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9345 s
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
9349 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9352 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
9353 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
9354 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== 0);
9355 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9356 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 3;
9358 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 2;
9359 g
->local_gotno
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9360 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9362 /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
9363 count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */
9364 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_count_got_symbols
, info
);
9366 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (info
, g
))
9369 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
9370 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
9372 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9374 asection
*subsection
;
9376 for (subsection
= ibfd
->sections
;
9378 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
9380 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
9382 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
9383 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
9387 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9388 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
9389 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
9390 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
9393 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
9394 sections. Is 5 enough? */
9395 page_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
9397 /* Choose the smaller of the two page estimates; both are intended to be
9399 if (page_gotno
> g
->page_gotno
)
9400 page_gotno
= g
->page_gotno
;
9402 g
->local_gotno
+= page_gotno
;
9403 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
9405 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9406 s
->size
+= g
->global_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9407 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9409 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
9410 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
9412 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
9414 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, s
, page_gotno
))
9419 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
9420 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
9421 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9422 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
))
9423 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd
, g
);
9424 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd
, g
);
9426 /* Set up TLS entries. */
9427 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
9430 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9431 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
9434 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
9435 == g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
);
9437 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
9438 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9439 g
->relocs
+= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9441 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
9443 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, g
->relocs
);
9449 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
9452 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9454 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9455 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
9457 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9458 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9460 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9463 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
9464 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9465 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9467 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9468 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9469 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9471 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
9472 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
9474 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. There's no disadvantage
9475 from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of pure-microMIPS
9476 binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in
9477 output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being
9478 shorter by 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode. */
9479 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
9480 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9481 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9482 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9483 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9484 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9485 ? MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9486 : MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9488 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9489 ? MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9490 : MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9492 htab
->sstubs
->size
= htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
;
9495 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9496 mips_htab_traverse_info. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding
9497 stub, allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9500 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9502 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
= data
;
9503 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9504 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9508 output_bfd
= hti
->output_bfd
;
9509 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9510 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9512 if (h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
9514 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9515 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9516 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9518 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
9519 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9520 h
->root
.plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (htab
->sstubs
->owner
);
9521 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9526 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sstubs
;
9527 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sstubs
->size
+ isa_bit
;
9528 h
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
9529 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9530 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9535 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9536 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9539 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9541 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
9542 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9543 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9544 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9545 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9546 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9547 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9550 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9551 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9553 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9556 htab
->sstubs
->size
= 0;
9558 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9560 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub
, &hti
);
9563 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9564 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
9565 == htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
);
9567 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9568 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9569 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->sstubs
, "_MIPS_STUBS_");
9572 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9579 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9580 bfd_link_info. If H uses the address of a PLT entry as the value
9581 of the symbol, then set the entry in the symbol table now. Prefer
9582 a standard MIPS PLT entry. */
9585 mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9587 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= data
;
9588 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9589 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9594 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9595 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9597 if (h
->use_plt_entry
)
9599 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
9600 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
9601 || h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
9603 val
= htab
->plt_header_size
;
9604 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
9607 val
+= h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
9613 val
+= htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
;
9614 other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: STO_MIPS16
;
9617 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy
9618 resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical function
9620 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9623 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->root
.splt
;
9624 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
9625 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9631 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9634 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9635 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9638 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
9639 bfd_boolean reltext
;
9640 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9642 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9643 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9644 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9645 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9647 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9649 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9650 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
9652 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9653 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9655 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
9657 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
9660 /* Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we
9661 are using it. For the sake of cache alignment always use
9662 a standard header whenever any standard entries are present
9663 even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also
9664 lets the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set
9665 by microMIPS entries, for a small size reduction.
9667 Set symbol table entry values for symbols that use the
9668 address of their PLT entry now that we can calculate it.
9670 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol if we
9671 haven't already in _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections. */
9672 if (htab
->root
.splt
&& htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
!= 0)
9674 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= (MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
)
9675 && !htab
->plt_mips_offset
);
9676 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9677 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9678 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9681 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9682 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9683 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
->size
== 0);
9685 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9686 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
9687 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9688 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
9689 else if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9690 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
);
9691 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
9692 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9693 else if (!micromips_p
)
9694 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9695 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9696 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9698 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9700 htab
->plt_header_is_comp
= micromips_p
;
9701 htab
->plt_header_size
= size
;
9702 htab
->root
.splt
->size
= (size
9703 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
9704 + htab
->plt_comp_offset
);
9705 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->size
= (htab
->plt_got_index
9706 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9708 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
, info
);
9710 if (htab
->root
.hplt
== NULL
)
9712 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->root
.splt
,
9713 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9714 htab
->root
.hplt
= h
;
9719 h
= htab
->root
.hplt
;
9720 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9726 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9727 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->root
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
9729 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd
, info
);
9731 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd
, info
))
9734 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info
);
9736 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9737 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9740 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9744 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9745 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9746 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
9748 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
9751 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
9755 const char *outname
;
9758 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9759 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9760 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9761 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9762 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9764 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
9766 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
9768 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
9769 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9770 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
9773 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9774 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9775 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
9778 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9779 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9780 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9781 will move them around between input sections'
9782 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9783 broken, so don't let it run. */
9784 info
->combreloc
= 0;
9787 else if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9788 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
9789 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
9791 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9792 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9793 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9795 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9796 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
9797 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
9798 else if (s
== htab
->root
.splt
)
9800 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9801 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9802 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9803 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
9804 && ! htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> 0)
9807 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
9808 && s
!= htab
->root
.sgot
9809 && s
!= htab
->root
.sgotplt
9810 && s
!= htab
->sstubs
9811 && s
!= htab
->root
.sdynbss
9812 && s
!= htab
->root
.sdynrelro
)
9814 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9820 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
9824 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
9827 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9828 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
9829 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
9831 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
9836 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9838 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9839 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9840 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9841 the .dynamic section. */
9843 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9844 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9845 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9846 may only look at the first one they see. */
9847 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
9848 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
9851 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9852 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
, 0))
9855 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9856 used by the debugger. */
9857 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9858 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9859 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
9862 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
9863 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9865 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
9867 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
9870 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9871 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9872 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9873 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9874 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
9877 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
9880 sreldyn
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
9881 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9883 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9884 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9885 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9887 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
9890 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
9893 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
9899 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9901 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
9904 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
9907 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
9911 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
9914 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
9917 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
9920 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
9923 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
9926 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
9929 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
9932 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
9933 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
9936 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
9937 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
9938 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
9939 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
9942 if (htab
->root
.splt
->size
> 0)
9944 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
9947 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
9950 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
9953 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
, 0))
9956 if (htab
->is_vxworks
9957 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
9964 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
9965 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
9966 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
9967 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
9970 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9971 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9972 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9974 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
9975 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9978 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
9980 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9981 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9982 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
9983 || literal_reloc_p (r_type
))
9985 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
9986 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
9989 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9990 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
9992 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
9993 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9995 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
9996 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
9999 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
10000 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10001 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
10005 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
10006 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
10007 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
10008 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
10009 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
10010 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
10011 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
10012 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
10013 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
10014 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
10015 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
10017 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
10018 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
10019 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
10022 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10023 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10024 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
10025 Elf_Internal_Rela
**rel
,
10026 const Elf_Internal_Rela
**relend
,
10027 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
,
10028 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
10029 bfd_byte
*contents
)
10031 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10032 int count
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10033 unsigned int r_type
;
10036 for (i
= count
- 1; i
> 0; i
--)
10038 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, (*rel
)[i
].r_info
);
10039 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_NONE
)
10041 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10047 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
10048 (*rel
), count
, (*relend
),
10049 howto
, i
, contents
);
10054 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
10057 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10058 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
10059 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
10060 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
10061 asection
**local_sections
)
10063 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
10064 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
10065 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
10066 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10068 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
10069 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
10073 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10074 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
= FALSE
;
10075 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
10077 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
10078 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10080 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10082 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10083 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10084 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
10086 rel_reloc
= (NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
10087 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10089 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
10090 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10092 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10093 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10094 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
10096 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10101 unsigned long extsymoff
;
10104 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10105 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10106 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10107 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10108 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10109 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10112 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10113 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10114 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10117 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10119 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10120 input_section
, &rel
, &relend
,
10121 rel_reloc
, howto
, contents
);
10125 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
10127 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
10128 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
10129 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
10130 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
10131 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
10132 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
10133 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
10135 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
10137 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10138 rel
->r_offset
+= 4;
10141 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
10143 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
10144 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
10145 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
10146 RELA relocation. */
10147 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10150 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
10151 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
,
10153 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10154 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10155 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
10158 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
, relend
,
10159 contents
, &addend
))
10162 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10164 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10165 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
10168 /* xgettext:c-format */
10169 (_("%pB: can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s'"
10170 " for %s at %#" PRIx64
" in section `%pA'"),
10172 howto
->name
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
, input_section
);
10176 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
10179 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
10180 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10181 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
10184 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
10186 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
10187 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10188 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10190 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
10192 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
10193 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
10194 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
10195 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
10196 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
10197 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
10198 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
10200 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
10202 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
10203 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
10204 source of the addend in the final link. */
10205 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
10207 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10208 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10209 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
10210 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
10211 but for endianness. */
10217 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10219 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10226 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10227 do two separate stores. */
10228 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10230 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10232 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10233 high_bits
= addend
;
10238 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10240 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10241 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10242 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10243 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10247 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
10248 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10253 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
10257 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
10258 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
10259 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
10261 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
10262 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
10263 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
10264 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
10266 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10268 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
10269 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
10270 input_section
, info
, rel
,
10271 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
10272 local_sections
, &value
,
10273 &name
, &cross_mode_jump_p
,
10274 use_saved_addend_p
))
10276 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
10277 /* There's nothing to do. */
10280 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
10281 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
10282 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
10283 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
10284 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
10287 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
10288 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
10289 info
->callbacks
->warning
10290 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10293 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10294 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10295 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
10296 a given location. */
10300 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10302 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10303 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10304 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
10305 if (!htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
10306 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto
->type
)
10307 || literal_reloc_p (howto
->type
)))
10309 msg
= _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
10310 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
10312 htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
= TRUE
;
10313 (*info
->callbacks
->einfo
) ("%P: %s\n", msg
);
10315 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10316 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
10317 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10324 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10326 if (jal_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10327 msg
= (cross_mode_jump_p
10328 ? _("cannot convert a jump to JALX "
10329 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10330 : (howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_26
10331 ? _("jump to a non-word-aligned address")
10332 : _("jump to a non-instruction-aligned address")));
10333 else if (b_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10334 msg
= (cross_mode_jump_p
10335 ? _("cannot convert a branch to JALX "
10336 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10337 : _("branch to a non-instruction-aligned address"));
10338 else if (aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10339 msg
= _("PC-relative load from unaligned address");
10342 info
->callbacks
->einfo
10343 ("%X%H: %s\n", input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, msg
);
10346 /* Fall through. */
10353 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
10354 until we reach the last one. */
10355 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10361 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10362 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10363 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
10364 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
10365 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
10366 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
10367 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
10368 only a 32-bit VMA. */
10374 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10376 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10383 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10384 do two separate stores. */
10385 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10387 /* Undo what we did above. */
10388 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10389 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10391 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10397 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10399 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10400 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10401 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10402 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10406 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
10407 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
10408 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10409 contents
, cross_mode_jump_p
))
10416 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
10417 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
10420 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot
, void *data
)
10422 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
10423 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10424 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
;
10427 bfd_vma offset
, target
, target_high
, target_low
;
10429 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
10430 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
10431 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (hti
->info
);
10432 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10434 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
10435 s
= stub
->stub_section
;
10439 loc
= bfd_malloc (s
->size
);
10448 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
10449 offset
= stub
->offset
;
10451 /* Work out the target address. */
10452 target
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
10453 target
+= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10455 target_high
= ((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10456 target_low
= (target
& 0xffff);
10458 if (stub
->stub_section
!= htab
->strampoline
)
10460 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
10461 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
10462 memset (loc
, 0, offset
);
10464 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10466 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10467 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
),
10469 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10470 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
),
10475 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10476 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
10481 /* This is trampoline. */
10483 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10485 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10486 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
), loc
);
10487 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10488 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target
), loc
+ 4);
10489 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10490 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10491 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10495 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10496 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_J (target
), loc
+ 4);
10497 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10498 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10504 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
10505 adjust it appropriately now. */
10508 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10509 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10511 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
10512 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
10513 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
10516 "__dso_displacement",
10518 "__program_header_table",
10522 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
10530 const char* const *p
;
10533 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
10534 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
10537 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
10539 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
10541 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10542 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10544 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
10546 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10548 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10554 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
10555 dynamic sections here. */
10558 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10559 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10560 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10561 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10565 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
10568 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10569 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10571 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10572 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10573 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10574 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10576 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->is_vxworks
);
10578 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10579 && (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
10580 || h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
))
10582 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
10584 bfd_vma header_address
, got_address
;
10585 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
, load
;
10589 got_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
10591 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10592 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10593 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
!= NULL
);
10594 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
10595 BFD_ASSERT (!h
->def_regular
);
10597 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10598 isa_bit
= htab
->plt_header_is_comp
;
10599 header_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10600 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
+ isa_bit
);
10602 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10603 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10604 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
10605 + got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10607 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10608 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
10610 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
10611 loc
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->contents
+ got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10612 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10613 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10615 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10617 /* Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry (the order
10618 does not matter, we just have to pick one). */
10619 if (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10621 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10622 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10624 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
10626 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
10628 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10629 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10631 /* Pick the load opcode. */
10632 load
= MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd
);
10634 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10636 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
))
10637 plt_entry
= mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
;
10639 plt_entry
= mips_exec_plt_entry
;
10640 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_address_high
, loc
);
10641 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_address_low
| load
,
10644 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
))
10646 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 8);
10647 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10651 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 8);
10652 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
,
10657 /* Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones. */
10658 if (h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10660 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10662 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_header_size
+ htab
->plt_mips_offset
10663 + h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
);
10665 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
10667 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10668 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10670 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10671 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
10673 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10675 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10676 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], loc
+ 2);
10677 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10678 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10679 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10680 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10681 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, got_address
, loc
+ 12);
10683 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10685 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10687 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10688 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_high
, loc
+ 2);
10689 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10690 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 6);
10691 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10692 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10693 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 12);
10694 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 14);
10698 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10699 bfd_signed_vma gotpc_offset
;
10700 bfd_vma loc_address
;
10702 BFD_ASSERT (got_address
% 4 == 0);
10704 loc_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10705 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
+ plt_offset
);
10706 gotpc_offset
= got_address
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
10708 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
10709 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
10712 /* xgettext:c-format */
10713 (_("%pB: `%pA' offset of %" PRId64
" from `%pA' "
10714 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
10716 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
10717 (int64_t) gotpc_offset
,
10718 htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
);
10719 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
10722 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
10723 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
10724 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
10725 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10726 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10727 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10728 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10732 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10733 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, htab
->root
.srelplt
,
10734 got_index
- 2, h
->dynindx
,
10735 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
, got_address
);
10737 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
10738 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
10739 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
10740 binary where pointer equality matters. */
10741 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10742 if (h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10743 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PLT (sym
->st_other
);
10751 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10753 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
10754 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
10755 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
10756 bfd_vma stub_size
= htab
->function_stub_size
;
10757 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
10758 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
10759 bfd_vma stub_big_size
;
10762 stub_big_size
= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10763 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10764 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10766 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10768 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
10770 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10772 BFD_ASSERT (stub_size
== stub_big_size
|| h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff);
10774 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
10775 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
10777 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
10780 /* Fill the stub. */
10784 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
),
10789 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10790 STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10795 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10798 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10800 long dynindx_hi
= (h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff;
10802 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10803 STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS (dynindx_hi
),
10809 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS
,
10815 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10819 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10820 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10821 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10822 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10823 STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10825 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10826 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10827 STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10830 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10831 STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
,
10838 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
10840 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE
, stub
+ idx
);
10842 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10844 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
10848 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
10851 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10852 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10853 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10854 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10856 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10857 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10860 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
10864 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
<= htab
->sstubs
->size
);
10865 memcpy (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
,
10868 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. stub_offset != -1 occurs
10869 only for the referenced symbol. */
10870 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10872 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10873 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10874 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10875 sym
->st_value
= (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
->vma
10876 + htab
->sstubs
->output_offset
10877 + h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
10879 sym
->st_other
= other
;
10882 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
10883 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
10885 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hmips
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
10887 BFD_ASSERT (hmips
->need_fn_stub
);
10888 sym
->st_value
= (hmips
->fn_stub
->output_section
->vma
10889 + hmips
->fn_stub
->output_offset
);
10890 sym
->st_size
= hmips
->fn_stub
->size
;
10891 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
);
10894 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
10895 || h
->forced_local
);
10897 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
10898 g
= htab
->got_info
;
10899 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
10901 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
10902 the symbols that need them. */
10903 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
10908 value
= sym
->st_value
;
10909 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
10910 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10913 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
&& g
->next
)
10915 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
10921 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
10924 e
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_NONE
;
10926 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
10929 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
10932 offset
= p
->gotidx
;
10933 BFD_ASSERT (offset
> 0 && offset
< htab
->root
.sgot
->size
);
10934 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10935 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
10937 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
10938 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
10940 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
10941 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
10942 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
10943 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
10944 appropriate addend. */
10945 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
10947 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
10948 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10949 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
10951 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
10952 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
10955 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10956 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
10957 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
10961 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
10962 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10967 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
10968 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10969 if (h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
10970 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
10971 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10972 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
10973 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
10975 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10976 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10979 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10981 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10982 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10983 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
10985 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
10987 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
10988 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
10990 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10991 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10993 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10995 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
10997 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10998 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10999 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
11000 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11002 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
11004 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
11005 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
11006 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
11007 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
11011 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11017 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11018 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11020 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11021 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11022 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11023 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11024 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, s
, s
->reloc_count
++,
11025 h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
, symval
);
11028 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
11029 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
11030 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
11032 /* Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker
11033 to treat compressed symbols like any other. */
11034 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
11036 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
11037 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MIPS16
;
11039 else if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
))
11041 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
11042 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MICROMIPS
;
11048 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
11051 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11052 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11053 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11054 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11058 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
11059 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11060 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
11062 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11063 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11064 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11065 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
11067 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
11070 bfd_vma plt_address
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
11071 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11072 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11073 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
11074 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
11076 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
11077 gotplt_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
11079 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11080 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.splt
!= NULL
);
11081 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
11082 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->root
.splt
->size
);
11084 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
11085 plt_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11086 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
11089 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
11090 got_address
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11091 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
11092 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11094 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
11095 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11096 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
11098 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
11099 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
11100 branch_offset
= -(plt_offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
11102 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
11103 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
11104 (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->contents
11105 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
)));
11107 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
11108 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
11110 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11112 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
11113 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11114 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11118 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
11120 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
11121 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11122 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
11124 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11125 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11126 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
11127 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
11128 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11129 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11130 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11131 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11133 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
11134 + (gotplt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11136 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
11137 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11138 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11139 rel
.r_addend
= plt_offset
;
11140 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11142 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
11143 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11144 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
11145 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11146 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
11147 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11149 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
11150 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11152 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11153 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11156 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11157 loc
= (htab
->root
.srelplt
->contents
11158 + gotplt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11159 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11160 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
11162 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11164 if (!h
->def_regular
)
11165 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11168 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
11170 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11171 g
= htab
->got_info
;
11172 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11174 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
11175 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11178 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
11182 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
11183 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11184 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11186 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
11187 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11188 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11189 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
11190 + sgot
->output_offset
11192 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11193 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
11194 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
11197 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11200 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11204 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11206 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11207 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11208 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11209 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
11211 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->root
.sdynrelro
)
11212 srel
= htab
->root
.sreldynrelro
;
11214 srel
= htab
->root
.srelbss
;
11215 loc
= srel
->contents
+ srel
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11216 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11217 ++srel
->reloc_count
;
11220 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
11221 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
11222 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
11227 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
11230 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11233 bfd_vma gotplt_value
, gotplt_value_high
, gotplt_value_low
;
11234 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11235 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11237 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11238 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11240 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11241 plt_entry
= mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
;
11242 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
11243 plt_entry
= mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11244 else if (!htab
->plt_header_is_comp
)
11245 plt_entry
= mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11246 else if (htab
->insn32
)
11247 plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11249 plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11251 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
11252 gotplt_value
= (htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11253 + htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_offset
);
11254 gotplt_value_high
= ((gotplt_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11255 gotplt_value_low
= gotplt_value
& 0xffff;
11257 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
11258 not be loaded in two instructions. */
11259 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x7fffffff) == 0
11260 || ~(gotplt_value
| 0x7fffffff) == 0);
11262 /* Install the PLT header. */
11263 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
;
11264 if (plt_entry
== micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11266 bfd_vma gotpc_offset
;
11267 bfd_vma loc_address
;
11270 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_value
% 4 == 0);
11272 loc_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11273 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
);
11274 gotpc_offset
= gotplt_value
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
11276 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11277 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11280 /* xgettext:c-format */
11281 (_("%pB: `%pA' offset of %" PRId64
" from `%pA' "
11282 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11284 htab
->root
.sgotplt
->output_section
,
11285 (int64_t) gotpc_offset
,
11286 htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
);
11287 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11290 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
11291 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
11292 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
11293 for (i
= 2; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11294 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11296 else if (plt_entry
== micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11300 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
11301 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_high
, loc
+ 2);
11302 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11303 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 6);
11304 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11305 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 10);
11306 for (i
= 6; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11307 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11311 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | gotplt_value_high
, loc
);
11312 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11313 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 8);
11314 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11315 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11316 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11317 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11318 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11324 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
11325 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
11328 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11330 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11332 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
11333 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11334 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11336 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11337 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11339 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
11341 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11342 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11343 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11344 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11346 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11347 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
11349 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
11350 plt_address
= (htab
->root
.splt
->output_section
->vma
11351 + htab
->root
.splt
->output_offset
);
11353 /* Install the PLT header. */
11354 loc
= htab
->root
.splt
->contents
;
11355 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
11356 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11357 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
11358 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11359 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11360 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11362 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11363 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
11364 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
11365 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11367 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11368 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11370 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
11371 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11372 rela
.r_offset
+= 4;
11373 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11374 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11375 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11377 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
11378 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
11379 in which symbols were output. */
11380 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
11382 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11384 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11385 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11386 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11387 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11389 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11390 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11391 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11392 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11394 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11395 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11396 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11397 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11401 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
11404 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11407 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11409 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11410 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11412 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
11413 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11414 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
11415 htab
->root
.splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
11418 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
11421 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11422 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11427 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
11428 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11430 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11431 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11433 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11435 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
11437 sgot
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11438 gg
= htab
->got_info
;
11440 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11443 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
11445 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11446 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
11448 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd
, FALSE
);
11449 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11451 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11452 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11453 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11455 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11459 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11461 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11462 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11464 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11470 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
11474 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11475 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
11479 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
11481 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
11485 s
= htab
->root
.sgot
;
11486 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11489 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
11490 s
= htab
->root
.sgotplt
;
11491 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11494 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
11495 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
11498 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
11499 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
11502 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
11506 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= t
;
11510 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
11512 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11515 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
11517 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11520 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
11521 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
11522 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
11523 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
11526 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
11527 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
11530 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
11531 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
11532 entry of the first external symbol that is not
11533 referenced within the same object. */
11534 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
11537 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
11538 if (htab
->global_gotsym
)
11540 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
11543 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
11544 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
11545 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO. */
11546 /* Fall through. */
11548 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
11550 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11551 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
11554 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
11556 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 0;
11559 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
11560 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
11563 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
11565 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11566 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11569 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11570 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11573 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11575 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP tag stores the absolute address of the
11577 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11578 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11582 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
11584 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11585 bfd_vma dt_addr
, rld_addr
;
11586 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11589 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11590 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11593 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11595 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL tag stores the offset to the debug
11596 pointer, relative to the address of the tag. */
11597 dt_addr
= (sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
11598 + (b
- sdyn
->contents
));
11599 rld_addr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11600 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11601 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= rld_addr
- dt_addr
;
11605 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
11606 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
11607 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
11608 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
11612 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11613 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11614 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
11616 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_REL
;
11620 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11621 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->root
.srelplt
->size
;
11625 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11626 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (htab
->root
.srelplt
->output_section
->vma
11627 + htab
->root
.srelplt
->output_offset
);
11631 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
11632 the dynamic tag. */
11633 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11635 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11636 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11641 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
11642 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
11643 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11644 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
11646 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11650 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11651 if (htab
->is_vxworks
11652 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
11657 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
11658 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11659 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
11663 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
11668 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
11669 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
11670 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
11673 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0
11674 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot
->output_section
))
11676 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11678 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
11679 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
11680 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
11681 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
11682 to the lazy resolution stub. */
11683 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
11684 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
11686 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11687 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11688 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11690 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11694 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
11695 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
11696 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
11697 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
11698 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11699 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11702 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
11703 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11706 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
11707 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
11709 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
11710 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
11712 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
11713 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
11715 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
11717 bfd_vma got_index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
11718 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
11720 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
11721 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11722 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11724 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11726 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
11729 for (; got_index
< g
->local_gotno
; got_index
++)
11731 if (got_index
>= g
->assigned_low_gotno
11732 && got_index
<= g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
11735 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
11736 = got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11737 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11738 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
11739 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
11740 0, &addend
, sgot
)))
11742 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
11747 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
11748 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
11751 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11754 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11756 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11758 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11759 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11760 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11762 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11765 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11766 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11768 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11774 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
11775 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
11776 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
11777 are trailing null entries. */
11778 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11779 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
11780 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
11781 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
11782 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
11783 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
11784 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
11785 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
11790 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11795 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11802 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
11804 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
11806 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
11807 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
11811 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
11813 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
11814 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
11817 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
11818 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
11821 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
11822 if (htab
->sstubs
!= NULL
)
11824 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
11826 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
11827 dummy_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
11828 memset (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
11829 htab
->function_stub_size
);
11834 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
11835 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
11836 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
11837 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
11838 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
11840 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11842 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
11844 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
11846 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11847 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11848 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
11849 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
11851 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11852 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
11853 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
11858 if (htab
->root
.splt
&& htab
->root
.splt
->size
> 0)
11860 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11862 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11863 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11865 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11869 BFD_ASSERT (!bfd_link_pic (info
));
11870 if (!mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
))
11878 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
11881 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
11885 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
11888 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
11889 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
11892 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
11893 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
11896 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
11897 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
11900 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
11901 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
11904 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
11905 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
11906 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
11907 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
11908 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
11911 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
11912 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
11915 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
11916 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
11919 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
11920 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
11923 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
11924 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
11927 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
11928 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
11931 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
11932 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
11935 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
11936 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_5900
;
11939 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
11940 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
11943 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
11944 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
11945 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
11946 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
11947 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
11948 case bfd_mach_mips14000
:
11949 case bfd_mach_mips16000
:
11950 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
11953 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
11954 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
11957 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
11958 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
;
11961 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
11962 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
;
11965 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
11966 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
11969 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
:
11970 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
;
11973 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
11974 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
11975 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
;
11978 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
:
11979 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
;
11982 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
11983 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
;
11986 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
11987 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
;
11990 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
11991 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
11994 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
11995 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
11998 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
11999 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
:
12000 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r5
:
12001 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
12004 case bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
:
12005 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_IAMR2
;
12008 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
12009 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r3
:
12010 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r5
:
12011 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
12014 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
:
12015 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
;
12018 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
:
12019 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
;
12022 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
12023 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
12028 /* Whether to sort relocs output by ld -r or ld --emit-relocs, by r_offset.
12029 Don't do so for code sections. We want to keep ordering of HI16/LO16
12030 as is. On the other hand, elf-eh-frame.c processing requires .eh_frame
12031 relocs to be sorted. */
12034 _bfd_mips_elf_sort_relocs_p (asection
*sec
)
12036 return (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0;
12040 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
12041 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
12042 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
12045 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
12046 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12049 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
12053 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
12054 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
12055 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
12056 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
12057 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
12059 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
12060 info for each special section. */
12061 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
12062 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
12065 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
12067 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM
:
12068 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
12069 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
12071 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12074 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
12075 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12076 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12077 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12078 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
12079 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
12080 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12081 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12084 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
12085 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12086 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12087 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12088 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
12089 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12090 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
12091 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12092 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12095 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
12096 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
12098 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12099 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
12101 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12104 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
12105 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12106 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12107 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
12108 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
12109 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12110 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
12113 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
12114 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12116 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
12118 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12119 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12126 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
12130 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
12131 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12136 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
12137 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12138 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
12141 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS segment. */
12142 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
12145 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
12146 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
12147 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12148 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
12151 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
12152 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
12153 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
12154 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
12157 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
12158 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
12159 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12160 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12166 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
12169 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
12170 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12173 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
12176 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
12178 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12179 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12181 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12182 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
12187 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12191 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
12193 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12195 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12196 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12198 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12199 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12207 /* If there is a .MIPS.abiflags section, we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
12209 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
12210 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12212 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12213 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
12218 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12222 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
12224 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12226 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12227 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12229 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12230 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12238 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
12239 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
12240 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
12242 if (NEWABI_P (abfd
)
12243 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
12244 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
12245 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
12247 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
12249 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
12250 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12255 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
12257 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12259 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12260 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12263 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12265 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
12266 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12267 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
12268 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
12269 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
12270 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
12271 options_segment
->count
= 1;
12272 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
12273 *pm
= options_segment
;
12279 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
12281 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
12282 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
12283 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
12284 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
12285 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
12287 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12288 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
12293 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12297 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
12299 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
12304 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
12309 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12312 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
12313 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12314 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
12324 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
12325 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
12327 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
;
12329 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
12332 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
12333 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
12334 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
12335 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
12336 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
12337 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
12338 which might move one of the other sections to a different
12339 PT_LOAD segment. */
12340 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12343 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
12345 static const char *sec_names
[] =
12347 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
12351 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
12353 low
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0;
12355 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
12357 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
12358 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12365 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
12366 high
= s
->vma
+ sz
;
12371 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12372 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12374 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12377 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
12378 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12385 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12387 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12389 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12391 n
->sections
[i
] = s
;
12400 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
12401 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
12403 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
12404 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
12405 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
12406 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
12407 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
12409 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
12410 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
12411 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
12412 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
12413 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
12416 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
12417 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
12419 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12420 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12422 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
12423 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
12427 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
12431 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
12439 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
12443 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12444 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12445 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
12446 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12447 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12449 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
12452 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
12454 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
12455 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
12459 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
12462 /* Prevent .MIPS.abiflags from being discarded with --gc-sections. */
12465 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12466 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
12470 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
12472 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12476 if (! is_mips_elf (sub
))
12479 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12481 && MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P
12482 (bfd_get_section_name (sub
, o
)))
12484 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
12492 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
12493 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
12494 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
12495 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
12498 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12499 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
12500 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
12502 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
12504 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
12506 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
12507 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
12508 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
12509 definition will be against the target symbol. */
12510 if (indmips
->has_static_relocs
)
12511 dirmips
->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
12513 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12516 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
12517 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
12518 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
12519 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
12520 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12521 if (indmips
->fn_stub
)
12523 dirmips
->fn_stub
= indmips
->fn_stub
;
12524 indmips
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
12526 if (indmips
->need_fn_stub
)
12528 dirmips
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12529 indmips
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
12531 if (indmips
->call_stub
)
12533 dirmips
->call_stub
= indmips
->call_stub
;
12534 indmips
->call_stub
= NULL
;
12536 if (indmips
->call_fp_stub
)
12538 dirmips
->call_fp_stub
= indmips
->call_fp_stub
;
12539 indmips
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
12541 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< dirmips
->global_got_area
)
12542 dirmips
->global_got_area
= indmips
->global_got_area
;
12543 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< GGA_NONE
)
12544 indmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
12545 if (indmips
->has_nonpic_branches
)
12546 dirmips
->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
12549 #define PDR_SIZE 32
12552 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12553 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12556 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
12557 unsigned char *tdata
;
12560 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
12565 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
12567 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
12568 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12571 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
12575 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12576 info
->keep_memory
);
12583 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12584 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
12586 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
12588 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
12597 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
12598 if (o
->rawsize
== 0)
12599 o
->rawsize
= o
->size
;
12600 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
12606 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
12607 free (cookie
->rels
);
12613 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
12615 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
12621 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
12622 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12623 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
12625 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
12628 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
12631 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
12635 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
12636 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
12638 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
12640 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
12643 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
12646 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
12647 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
12651 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
12652 from output by default for clarity. */
12655 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
12657 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd
, sym
->name
);
12660 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
12661 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
12663 struct mips_elf_find_line
12665 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
12666 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
12670 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
,
12671 asection
*section
, bfd_vma offset
,
12672 const char **filename_ptr
,
12673 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12674 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
12675 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
12679 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
12680 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12681 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
12682 dwarf_debug_sections
,
12683 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
12684 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
)
12685 || _bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12686 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12689 /* PR 22789: If the function name or filename was not found through
12690 the debug information, then try an ordinary lookup instead. */
12691 if ((functionname_ptr
!= NULL
&& *functionname_ptr
== NULL
)
12692 || (filename_ptr
!= NULL
&& *filename_ptr
== NULL
))
12694 /* Do not override already discovered names. */
12695 if (functionname_ptr
!= NULL
&& *functionname_ptr
!= NULL
)
12696 functionname_ptr
= NULL
;
12698 if (filename_ptr
!= NULL
&& *filename_ptr
!= NULL
)
12699 filename_ptr
= NULL
;
12701 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12702 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
);
12708 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
12711 flagword origflags
;
12712 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
12713 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
12714 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
12716 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
12717 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
12718 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
12719 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
12720 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
12721 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
12723 fi
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
12726 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
12729 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
12730 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
12732 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12735 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12739 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
12741 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12745 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
12746 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
12747 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
12748 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
12750 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12753 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
12754 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
12755 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
12756 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
12757 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
12758 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
12759 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
12761 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
12763 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
12764 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
12765 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
12766 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
12767 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
12768 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
12771 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
12772 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12775 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12779 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12782 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
12784 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12785 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12786 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
);
12790 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
12791 const char **filename_ptr
,
12792 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12793 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
12796 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
12797 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
12798 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
12803 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
12804 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
12805 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
12808 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
12809 const void *location
,
12810 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
12812 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
12816 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12818 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
12819 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12820 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12823 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
12826 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
12829 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
12832 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
12835 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
12839 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
12840 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
12843 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
12845 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
12846 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
12848 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
12851 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
12852 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
12853 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
12856 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
12857 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
12860 if (reloc_size
< 0)
12863 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
12864 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
12867 /* read in the section */
12868 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
12869 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
12872 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
12876 if (reloc_count
< 0)
12879 if (reloc_count
> 0)
12884 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
12887 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
12888 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
12889 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
12890 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
12891 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
12895 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
12896 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
12903 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
12904 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
12905 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
12908 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
12909 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
12911 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
12913 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
12914 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
12916 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
12918 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
12927 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
12929 char *error_message
= NULL
;
12930 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
12932 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
12933 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
12934 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12936 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
12937 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
12938 to the generic handling. */
12940 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
12941 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
12942 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
12943 input_section
, relocatable
,
12946 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
12948 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
12953 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
12955 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
12956 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
12960 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
12964 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
12965 (*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
12966 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
12967 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
);
12969 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
12970 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
12971 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
12972 (link_info
, error_message
,
12973 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
12975 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
12976 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
12978 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
12979 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
12980 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
12982 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
12991 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
12992 free (reloc_vector
);
12996 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
12997 free (reloc_vector
);
13002 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd
*abfd
,
13003 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addr
, int count
)
13005 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13006 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
13007 bfd_byte
*contents
;
13008 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13009 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13010 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
13011 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
13012 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**end_hashes
;
13013 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**start_hashes
;
13014 unsigned int symcount
;
13016 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
13017 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13019 irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
13020 irelend
= irel
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13022 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
13023 memmove (contents
+ addr
, contents
+ addr
+ count
,
13024 (size_t) (sec
->size
- addr
- count
));
13025 sec
->size
-= count
;
13027 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
13028 for (irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13030 /* Get the new reloc address. */
13031 if (irel
->r_offset
> addr
)
13032 irel
->r_offset
-= count
;
13035 BFD_ASSERT (addr
% 2 == 0);
13036 BFD_ASSERT (count
% 2 == 0);
13038 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
13039 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13040 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13041 for (isymend
= isym
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
13042 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
&& isym
->st_value
> addr
)
13043 isym
->st_value
-= count
;
13045 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
13046 symcount
= (symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
)
13047 - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
13048 sym_hashes
= start_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13049 end_hashes
= sym_hashes
+ symcount
;
13051 for (; sym_hashes
< end_hashes
; sym_hashes
++)
13053 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
= *sym_hashes
;
13055 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13056 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13057 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
13059 bfd_vma value
= sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13061 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash
->other
))
13062 value
&= MINUS_TWO
;
13064 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= count
;
13072 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
13073 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
13075 struct opcode_descriptor
{
13076 unsigned long match
;
13077 unsigned long mask
;
13080 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
13084 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
13086 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13087 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
13089 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
13091 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
13092 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
13095 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
13097 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32
[] = {
13098 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
13099 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
13100 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13103 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32
=
13104 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
13106 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32
=
13107 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
13109 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32
=
13110 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
13112 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32
=
13113 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
13115 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16
=
13116 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
13118 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16
=
13119 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
13122 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
13124 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
13125 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
13126 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
13128 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
13130 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32
[] = {
13131 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
13132 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
13133 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13136 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32
[] = {
13137 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13138 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13139 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13142 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32
[] = {
13143 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
13144 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
13145 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13148 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16
[] = {
13149 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
13150 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
13151 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13154 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
13156 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0xf) + 2)
13157 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 7) << 7)
13160 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13162 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16
=
13163 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
13165 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32
=
13166 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13168 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32
=
13169 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
13171 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32
=
13172 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13174 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32
=
13175 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
13177 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13179 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16
[] = {
13180 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
13182 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13183 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
13185 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
13186 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
13187 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
13188 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13191 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13193 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32
[] = {
13194 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
13196 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13197 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
13198 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13202 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13204 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16
=
13205 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
13207 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32
=
13208 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
13210 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16
=
13211 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
13213 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
13215 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13217 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16
[] = {
13218 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
13220 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
13221 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
13222 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
13223 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13227 /* LUI instruction. */
13229 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn
=
13230 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
13233 /* ADDIU instruction. */
13235 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn
=
13236 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
13238 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn
=
13239 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
13241 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
13242 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
13245 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
13247 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
13248 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
13249 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
13250 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13252 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
13253 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
13255 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32
[] = {
13256 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
13257 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
13258 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13261 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16
=
13262 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
13265 /* NOP instructions. */
13267 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32
=
13268 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
13270 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16
=
13271 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
13274 /* Instruction match support. */
13276 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
13279 find_match (unsigned long opcode
, const struct opcode_descriptor insn
[])
13281 unsigned long indx
;
13283 for (indx
= 0; insn
[indx
].mask
!= 0; indx
++)
13284 if (MATCH (opcode
, insn
[indx
]))
13291 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
13293 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
13294 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13295 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13296 the second half of another instruction. */
13299 check_br16_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13301 unsigned long opcode
;
13304 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13305 if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
) != 0)
13306 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13308 else if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd16
) != 0
13309 || find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_16_bd16
) >= 0)
13310 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13313 /* No delay slot. */
13319 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
13320 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13321 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13322 the second half of another instruction. */
13325 check_br32_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13327 unsigned long opcode
;
13330 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13331 if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd32
) >= 0)
13332 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13334 else if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd16
) >= 0)
13335 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13338 /* No delay slot. */
13344 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
13345 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13348 check_br16 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13350 unsigned long opcode
;
13352 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13353 if (MATCH (opcode
, b_insn_16
)
13355 || (MATCH (opcode
, jr_insn_16
) && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
))
13357 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_16
) && reg
!= BZ16_REG (opcode
))
13358 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
13359 || (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
)
13361 && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
))
13367 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
13368 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13371 check_br32 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13373 unsigned long opcode
;
13375 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13376 if (MATCH (opcode
, j_insn_32
)
13378 || MATCH (opcode
, bc_insn_32
)
13379 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
13380 || (MATCH (opcode
, jal_x_insn_32_bd32
) && reg
!= RA
)
13382 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_32
) && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
))
13383 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
13384 || (MATCH (opcode
, bzal_insn_32
)
13385 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
13386 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
)
13387 || ((MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_32
) || MATCH (opcode
, beq_insn_32
))
13388 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
13389 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= OP32_TREG (opcode
)))
13395 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
13396 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
13397 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13400 check_relocated_bzc (bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
, bfd_vma offset
,
13401 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
13402 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelend
)
13404 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
13405 unsigned long opcode
;
13407 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13408 if (find_match (opcode
, bzc_insns_32
) < 0)
13411 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13412 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
13413 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
13419 /* Bitsize checking. */
13420 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
13421 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
13422 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
13426 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
13427 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
13428 bfd_boolean
*again
)
13430 bfd_boolean insn32
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
)->insn32
;
13431 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13432 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
13433 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13434 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
13435 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
13437 /* Assume nothing changes. */
13440 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
13441 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
13444 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
13445 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13446 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0
13447 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
13450 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13452 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
13453 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
13454 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
13455 link_info
->keep_memory
));
13456 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13459 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
13460 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13461 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13463 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
13464 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
13465 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
;
13466 unsigned long opcode
;
13472 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
13473 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
13477 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
13479 if (r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13480 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13481 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
13484 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
13485 if (contents
== NULL
)
13487 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
13488 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
13489 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13490 /* Go get them off disk. */
13491 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
13494 ptr
= contents
+ irel
->r_offset
;
13496 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
13497 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
13499 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13500 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13501 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
13502 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
13504 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13508 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
13509 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
13511 /* A local symbol. */
13512 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13515 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
13516 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
13517 sym_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
13518 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
13519 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13520 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
13521 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13523 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13524 symval
= (isym
->st_value
13525 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
13526 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
13527 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym
->st_other
);
13531 unsigned long indx
;
13532 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13534 /* An external symbol. */
13535 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13536 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
13537 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
13539 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
13540 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13541 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
13542 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
13543 regular reloc processing. */
13546 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
13547 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13548 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
13549 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (!h
->needs_plt
13550 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->other
));
13554 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
13555 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
13556 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
13557 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
13558 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
13559 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
13560 the linker is run. */
13562 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
13563 if (irel
->r_offset
+ 4 > sec
->size
)
13566 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13568 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
13569 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
13571 - (sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
)
13574 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
13575 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
13576 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
13578 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
13580 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
13581 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
13582 out the offset). */
13583 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
&& MATCH (opcode
, lui_insn
))
13585 bfd_boolean bzc
= FALSE
;
13586 unsigned long nextopc
;
13590 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
13592 if (irel
> internal_relocs
13593 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13594 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13597 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
13598 if (irel
+ 1 >= irelend
13599 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[1].r_info
) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13600 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[1].r_info
) != r_symndx
)
13603 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
13604 if (irel
+ 2 >= irelend
13605 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[2].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13606 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[2].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13609 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
13610 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
13611 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
13612 it through if so. */
13613 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 2
13614 && check_br16_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 2)
13615 && !(irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13616 && (bzc
= check_relocated_bzc (abfd
,
13617 ptr
- 4, irel
->r_offset
- 4,
13618 internal_relocs
, irelend
))))
13620 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13622 && check_br32_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 4))
13625 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
);
13627 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
13628 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
13629 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
13630 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
13631 offset
= irel
[1].r_offset
- irel
[0].r_offset
;
13632 switch (offset
- 4)
13637 if (check_br16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13641 if (check_br32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13648 nextopc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13650 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
13652 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc
) != reg
)
13655 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
13656 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
13657 pcrval
= ((pcrval
- offset
+ 3) | 3) ^ 3;
13659 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
13660 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval
, 16))
13662 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13663 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
);
13665 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
13666 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
13667 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
13668 nextopc
&= ~0x001f0000;
13669 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (nextopc
>> 16) & 0xffff,
13670 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13673 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
13674 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
13675 the PC-relative distance. */
13676 else if (symval
% 4 == 0
13677 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
+ 4, 25)
13678 && MATCH (nextopc
, addiu_insn
)
13679 && OP32_TREG (nextopc
) == OP32_SREG (nextopc
)
13680 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)))
13682 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13683 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
);
13685 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
13686 nextopc
= (addiupc_insn
.match
13687 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)));
13689 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, nextopc
,
13690 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13693 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
13697 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13698 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MIPS_NONE
);
13700 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
13705 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
13706 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
13707 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
13708 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
13709 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13710 && irel
->r_offset
+ 5 < sec
->size
13711 && ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13712 || (fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0)
13714 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4),
13715 nop_insn_16
) ? 2 : 0))
13716 || (irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13717 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
,
13719 nop_insn_32
) ? 4 : 0))))
13723 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13725 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
13726 opcode
= (bzc_insns_32
[fndopc
].match
13727 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13728 | (opcode
& 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
13730 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, opcode
, ptr
);
13732 /* Delete the delay slot NOP: two or four bytes from
13733 irel->offset + 4; delcnt has already been set above. */
13737 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
13738 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13740 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13741 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 11)
13742 && find_match (opcode
, b_insns_32
) >= 0)
13744 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13745 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
13747 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13750 | (opcode
& 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
13753 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13758 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
13759 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13761 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13762 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 8)
13763 && (((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13764 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode
)))
13765 || ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0
13766 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode
)))))
13770 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13772 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13773 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
13775 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13777 (bz_insns_16
[fndopc
].match
13778 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13779 | (opcode
& 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
13782 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13787 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
13789 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
13790 && target_is_micromips_code_p
13791 && irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13792 && MATCH (opcode
, jal_insn_32_bd32
))
13794 unsigned long n32opc
;
13795 bfd_boolean relaxed
= FALSE
;
13797 n32opc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4);
13799 if (MATCH (n32opc
, nop_insn_32
))
13801 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
13802 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, nop_insn_16
.match
, ptr
+ 4);
13806 else if (find_match (n32opc
, move_insns_32
) >= 0)
13808 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
13810 (move_insn_16
.match
13811 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc
))
13812 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc
))),
13817 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
13818 instructions will be handled here later. */
13822 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
13823 with 16-bit delay slot. */
13824 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, jal_insn_32_bd16
.match
, ptr
);
13826 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
13834 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
13835 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
13836 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
13837 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13839 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
13840 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd
, sec
,
13841 irel
->r_offset
+ deloff
, delcnt
))
13844 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
13845 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
13850 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
13851 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
13853 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
13857 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13858 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13862 if (contents
!= NULL
13863 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
13865 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
13869 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13870 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
13874 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
13875 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13876 free (internal_relocs
);
13881 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
13882 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
13884 if (contents
!= NULL
13885 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
13887 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
13888 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13889 free (internal_relocs
);
13894 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
13896 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
13897 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
13899 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
13900 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
13902 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
13906 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
13907 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
13908 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
),
13914 ret
->root
.init_plt_refcount
.plist
= NULL
;
13915 ret
->root
.init_plt_offset
.plist
= NULL
;
13917 return &ret
->root
.root
;
13920 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
13922 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
13923 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
13925 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
13927 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
13930 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13932 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
13933 htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
13934 htab
->is_vxworks
= TRUE
;
13939 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
13940 and copy relocs. */
13943 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13945 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
13948 /* A function that the linker calls to select between all or only
13949 32-bit microMIPS instructions, and between making or ignoring
13950 branch relocation checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes. */
13953 _bfd_mips_elf_linker_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean insn32
,
13954 bfd_boolean ignore_branch_isa
)
13956 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->insn32
= insn32
;
13957 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->ignore_branch_isa
= ignore_branch_isa
;
13960 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
13962 struct mips_mach_extension
13964 unsigned long extension
, base
;
13968 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
13969 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
13971 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] =
13973 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
13974 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
},
13975 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
},
13976 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon
},
13977 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
13978 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
13980 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
13981 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13982 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13983 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13985 /* MIPS V extensions. */
13986 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
13988 /* R10000 extensions. */
13989 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
13990 { bfd_mach_mips14000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
13991 { bfd_mach_mips16000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
13993 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
13994 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
13995 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
13996 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
13997 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
13998 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
13999 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
14001 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
14002 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14003 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14004 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14005 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14006 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14008 /* VR4100 extensions. */
14009 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14010 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14012 /* MIPS III extensions. */
14013 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14014 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14015 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14016 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14017 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14018 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14019 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14020 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14021 { bfd_mach_mips5900
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14023 /* MIPS32r3 extensions. */
14024 { bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
},
14026 /* MIPS32r2 extensions. */
14027 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
},
14029 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
14030 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
14032 /* MIPS II extensions. */
14033 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14034 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14035 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14037 /* MIPS I extensions. */
14038 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
14039 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
14042 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
14045 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
14049 if (extension
== base
)
14052 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
14053 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
14056 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
14057 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
14060 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
14061 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
14063 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
14064 if (extension
== base
)
14071 /* Return the BFD mach for each .MIPS.abiflags ISA Extension. */
14073 static unsigned long
14074 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (unsigned int isa_ext
)
14078 case AFL_EXT_3900
: return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
14079 case AFL_EXT_4010
: return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
14080 case AFL_EXT_4100
: return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
14081 case AFL_EXT_4111
: return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
14082 case AFL_EXT_4120
: return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
14083 case AFL_EXT_4650
: return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
14084 case AFL_EXT_5400
: return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
14085 case AFL_EXT_5500
: return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
14086 case AFL_EXT_5900
: return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
14087 case AFL_EXT_10000
: return bfd_mach_mips10000
;
14088 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
14089 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
14090 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
14091 case AFL_EXT_SB1
: return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
14092 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
14093 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
;
14094 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
14095 case AFL_EXT_XLR
: return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
14096 default: return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
14100 /* Return the .MIPS.abiflags value representing each ISA Extension. */
14103 bfd_mips_isa_ext (bfd
*abfd
)
14105 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
14107 case bfd_mach_mips3900
: return AFL_EXT_3900
;
14108 case bfd_mach_mips4010
: return AFL_EXT_4010
;
14109 case bfd_mach_mips4100
: return AFL_EXT_4100
;
14110 case bfd_mach_mips4111
: return AFL_EXT_4111
;
14111 case bfd_mach_mips4120
: return AFL_EXT_4120
;
14112 case bfd_mach_mips4650
: return AFL_EXT_4650
;
14113 case bfd_mach_mips5400
: return AFL_EXT_5400
;
14114 case bfd_mach_mips5500
: return AFL_EXT_5500
;
14115 case bfd_mach_mips5900
: return AFL_EXT_5900
;
14116 case bfd_mach_mips10000
: return AFL_EXT_10000
;
14117 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
;
14118 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
;
14119 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
;
14120 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
: return AFL_EXT_SB1
;
14121 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON
;
14122 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
;
14123 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
;
14124 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
;
14125 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
: return AFL_EXT_XLR
;
14126 case bfd_mach_mips_interaptiv_mr2
:
14127 return AFL_EXT_INTERAPTIV_MR2
;
14132 /* Encode ISA level and revision as a single value. */
14133 #define LEVEL_REV(LEV,REV) ((LEV) << 3 | (REV))
14135 /* Decode a single value into level and revision. */
14136 #define ISA_LEVEL(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) >> 3)
14137 #define ISA_REV(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) & 0x7)
14139 /* Update the isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields of abiflags. */
14142 update_mips_abiflags_isa (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
)
14145 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
14147 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (1, 0); break;
14148 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (2, 0); break;
14149 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (3, 0); break;
14150 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (4, 0); break;
14151 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (5, 0); break;
14152 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 1); break;
14153 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 2); break;
14154 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 6); break;
14155 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 1); break;
14156 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 2); break;
14157 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 6); break;
14160 /* xgettext:c-format */
14161 (_("%pB: unknown architecture %s"),
14162 abfd
, bfd_printable_name (abfd
));
14165 if (new_isa
> LEVEL_REV (abiflags
->isa_level
, abiflags
->isa_rev
))
14167 abiflags
->isa_level
= ISA_LEVEL (new_isa
);
14168 abiflags
->isa_rev
= ISA_REV (new_isa
);
14171 /* Update the isa_ext if ABFD describes a further extension. */
14172 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
->isa_ext
),
14173 bfd_get_mach (abfd
)))
14174 abiflags
->isa_ext
= bfd_mips_isa_ext (abfd
);
14177 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
14180 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
14182 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
14183 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
14184 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
14185 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
14186 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
14187 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
14188 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
14189 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
);
14192 /* Infer the content of the ABI flags based on the elf header. */
14195 infer_mips_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
* abiflags
)
14197 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
14199 memset (abiflags
, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
));
14200 update_mips_abiflags_isa (abfd
, abiflags
);
14202 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
))
14203 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14205 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14207 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14209 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (abfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14210 abiflags
->fp_abi
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14212 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
14213 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14214 || (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14215 && abiflags
->gpr_size
== AFL_REG_32
))
14216 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14217 else if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14218 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14219 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
14220 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14222 abiflags
->cpr2_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14224 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
14225 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MDMX
;
14226 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
14227 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MIPS16
;
14228 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
14229 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14231 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
14232 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
14233 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14234 && abiflags
->isa_level
>= 32
14235 && abiflags
->isa_ext
!= AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
)
14236 abiflags
->flags1
|= AFL_FLAGS1_ODDSPREG
;
14239 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
14240 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
14241 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
14244 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14247 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
14248 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
14249 asection
*rtproc_sec
, *abiflags_sec
;
14250 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
14251 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
14252 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
14253 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14254 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
14255 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
14256 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
14261 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14263 static const char * const secname
[] =
14265 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
14266 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
14268 static const int sc
[] =
14270 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
14271 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
14274 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
14275 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
14277 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
14279 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd
, info
))
14282 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
14284 hti
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
14286 htab_traverse (htab
->la25_stubs
, mips_elf_create_la25_stub
, &hti
);
14290 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
14291 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
14293 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14295 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14296 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14297 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
14298 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14299 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
14300 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
14301 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
14302 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
14303 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
14304 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14305 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14306 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
14308 else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14310 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
14312 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
14313 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14315 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
14318 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
14319 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
14323 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
14324 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
14325 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
14329 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
14331 abiflags_sec
= NULL
;
14332 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
14334 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
14335 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
14336 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14338 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
14340 /* We have found the .MIPS.abiflags section in the output file.
14341 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and remove them.
14342 The data is merged in _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data. */
14343 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14345 asection
*input_section
;
14347 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14349 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14354 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14356 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14357 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14358 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14361 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14362 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
14364 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14365 matters, but someday it might). */
14366 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14371 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
14373 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
14375 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
14376 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14377 the information together. */
14378 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14380 asection
*input_section
;
14382 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14386 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14388 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14393 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14394 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14396 sz
= (input_section
->size
< sizeof (ext
)
14397 ? input_section
->size
: sizeof (ext
));
14398 memset (&ext
, 0, sizeof (ext
));
14399 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14403 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
14405 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
14406 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
14407 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
14408 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
14409 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
14411 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
14412 `_bfd_mips_elf_section_processing' when the section is
14413 finally written out. */
14415 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14416 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14417 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14420 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14421 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
14423 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14424 matters, but someday it might). */
14425 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14430 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
14432 struct extsym_info einfo
;
14435 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
14436 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14437 the information together. */
14438 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
14439 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
14440 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
14441 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
14442 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
14443 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
14444 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
14445 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
14446 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
14447 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
14448 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
14449 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
14450 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
14452 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
14454 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
14455 debug_info structure. */
14457 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
14458 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
14459 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
14460 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
14461 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
14463 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
14464 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
14465 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
14466 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
14468 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14469 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
14473 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
14477 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
14478 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
14479 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
14480 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
14482 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
14484 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
14485 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
14488 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
14489 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
14492 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
14493 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
14494 secname
[i
], &esym
))
14498 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14500 asection
*input_section
;
14502 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
14503 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
14507 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14509 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14514 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14515 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14517 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd
))
14519 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
14520 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
14521 want to deal with it. */
14525 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
14526 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
14528 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
14530 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
14531 read in the debugging information and set up an
14532 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
14533 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14537 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
14538 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
14539 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
14542 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
14543 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
14544 the linker global hash table and save the information
14545 for the output external symbols. */
14546 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
14547 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
14548 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
14549 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
14551 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
14552 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
14556 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14558 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
14559 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
14560 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
14561 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
14564 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
14565 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14566 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14567 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
14572 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
14573 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
14574 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
14580 /* Free up the information we just read. */
14581 free (input_debug
.line
);
14582 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
14583 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
14584 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
14585 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
14586 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
14587 free (input_debug
.ss
);
14588 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
14589 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
14590 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
14591 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
14593 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14594 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14595 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14598 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && bfd_link_pic (info
))
14600 /* Create .rtproc section. */
14601 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
14602 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
14604 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
14605 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
14607 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
14610 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
14611 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
14615 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
14621 /* Build the external symbol information. */
14624 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
14626 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
14627 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14628 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
14632 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
14633 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
14635 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14636 matters, but someday it might). */
14637 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14642 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
14644 const char *subname
;
14647 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
14650 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
14651 information describing how the small data area would
14652 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
14653 not used in executables files. */
14654 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14656 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14658 asection
*input_section
;
14660 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14662 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14667 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14669 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14670 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14671 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14674 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
14675 currently matters, but someday it might). */
14676 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14678 /* Really remove the section. */
14679 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
14680 --abfd
->section_count
;
14685 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
14686 uninitialized data. */
14687 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
14688 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
14689 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
14694 /* xgettext:c-format */
14695 (_("%pB: illegal section name `%pA'"), abfd
, o
);
14696 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
14700 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
14701 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
14702 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
14703 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
14704 case we must change the name of the output section. */
14705 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14706 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
14708 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
14709 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
14711 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
14712 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14713 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
14716 /* Set up the first entry. */
14718 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14719 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
14722 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
14723 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
14725 /* Combine the input sections. */
14726 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14728 asection
*input_section
;
14730 bfd_size_type size
;
14731 unsigned long last
;
14732 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
14734 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14736 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14741 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14742 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14744 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
14745 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
14746 sorted by ascending -G value. */
14747 size
= input_section
->size
;
14749 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14751 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
14753 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
14754 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
14760 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
14761 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
14762 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
14768 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
14770 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
14771 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
14774 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14776 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
14777 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
14779 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
14785 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
14788 /* We need a new table entry. */
14789 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14790 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
14791 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
14797 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
14798 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
14800 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
14801 value, since that will be implied by this new
14804 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14806 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
14808 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
14809 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
14813 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
14814 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14819 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14822 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14823 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14824 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14827 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
14829 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
14831 /* Swap out the table. */
14832 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14833 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
14834 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
14840 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
14841 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
14844 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14845 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
14847 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14848 matters, but someday it might). */
14849 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14853 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
14854 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
14857 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
14859 if (abiflags_sec
!= NULL
)
14861 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
14862 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
;
14864 abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
14866 /* Set up the abiflags if no valid input sections were found. */
14867 if (!mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
14869 infer_mips_abiflags (abfd
, abiflags
);
14870 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
14872 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (abfd
, abiflags
, &ext
);
14873 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, abiflags_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14877 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
14879 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14881 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
14882 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14886 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
14888 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
14889 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
14891 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
14894 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14897 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
14899 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
14900 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
14901 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
14905 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
14907 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
14908 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
14909 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
14913 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
14915 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
14916 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
14918 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
14919 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
14920 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
14928 /* Merge object file header flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error
14929 if there are conflicting settings. */
14932 mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14934 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
14935 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
14936 flagword old_flags
;
14937 flagword new_flags
;
14940 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
14941 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
14942 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
14944 /* Check flag compatibility. */
14946 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
14947 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
14949 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
14950 doesn't seem to matter. */
14951 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
14952 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
14954 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
14955 just be able to ignore this. */
14956 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
14957 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
14959 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
14960 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
14961 new_flags
|= EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
14963 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
14968 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
14969 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
14972 (_("%pB: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
14977 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
14978 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
14979 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
14980 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
14982 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
14983 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
14985 /* Compare the ISAs. */
14986 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
14989 (_("%pB: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
14993 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
14995 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
14996 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
14998 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
14999 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
15000 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
15001 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
15002 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
15003 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
15004 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15006 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields. */
15007 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
15009 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
15010 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
15011 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
15012 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
15013 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15014 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15018 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
15020 /* xgettext:c-format */
15021 (_("%pB: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15023 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
15024 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
15029 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15030 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15032 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
15033 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
15034 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
15035 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15036 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15038 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
15039 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15040 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15041 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15044 /* xgettext:c-format */
15045 (_("%pB: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15047 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
15048 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
15051 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15052 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15055 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
15056 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
15057 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
15059 int old_micro
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15060 int new_micro
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15061 int old_m16
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15062 int new_m16
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15063 int micro_mis
= old_m16
&& new_micro
;
15064 int m16_mis
= old_micro
&& new_m16
;
15066 if (m16_mis
|| micro_mis
)
15069 /* xgettext:c-format */
15070 (_("%pB: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15072 m16_mis
? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
15073 m16_mis
? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
15077 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15079 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15080 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15083 /* Compare NaN encodings. */
15084 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
))
15086 /* xgettext:c-format */
15087 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15089 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15090 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"),
15091 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15092 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"));
15094 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15095 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15098 /* Compare FP64 state. */
15099 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
))
15101 /* xgettext:c-format */
15102 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15104 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15105 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"),
15106 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15107 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"));
15109 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15110 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15113 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
15114 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
15116 /* xgettext:c-format */
15118 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields than previous modules "
15120 ibfd
, new_flags
, old_flags
);
15127 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15128 there are conflicting attributes. */
15130 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
15132 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
15133 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
15134 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
15138 abi_fp_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
;
15139 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15140 if (!abi_fp_bfd
&& in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15141 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15143 abi_msa_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
;
15145 && in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15146 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
= ibfd
;
15148 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
15150 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
15151 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
15153 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
15155 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
15160 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
15161 non-conflicting ones. */
15162 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15163 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
15167 out_fp
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15168 in_fp
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15169 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
15170 if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15171 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_fp
;
15172 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15173 && (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15174 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15175 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15177 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15178 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15180 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15181 && (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15182 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15183 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15184 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15185 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15186 && in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15188 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15189 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15191 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15192 && out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15193 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15194 else if (in_fp
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15196 const char *out_string
, *in_string
;
15198 out_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (out_fp
);
15199 in_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (in_fp
);
15200 /* First warn about cases involving unrecognised ABIs. */
15201 if (!out_string
&& !in_string
)
15202 /* xgettext:c-format */
15204 (_("warning: %pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15205 "(set by %pB), %pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15206 obfd
, out_fp
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_fp
);
15207 else if (!out_string
)
15209 /* xgettext:c-format */
15210 (_("warning: %pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15211 "(set by %pB), %pB uses %s"),
15212 obfd
, out_fp
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_string
);
15213 else if (!in_string
)
15215 /* xgettext:c-format */
15216 (_("warning: %pB uses %s (set by %pB), "
15217 "%pB uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15218 obfd
, out_string
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_fp
);
15221 /* If one of the bfds is soft-float, the other must be
15222 hard-float. The exact choice of hard-float ABI isn't
15223 really relevant to the error message. */
15224 if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15225 out_string
= "-mhard-float";
15226 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15227 in_string
= "-mhard-float";
15229 /* xgettext:c-format */
15230 (_("warning: %pB uses %s (set by %pB), %pB uses %s"),
15231 obfd
, out_string
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, in_string
);
15236 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attributes and merge
15237 non-conflicting ones. */
15238 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15240 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].type
= 1;
15241 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15242 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
;
15243 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15244 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15246 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15248 /* xgettext:c-format */
15249 (_("warning: %pB uses %s (set by %pB), "
15250 "%pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15251 obfd
, "-mmsa", abi_msa_bfd
,
15252 ibfd
, in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15256 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15258 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15260 /* xgettext:c-format */
15261 (_("warning: %pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15262 "(set by %pB), %pB uses %s"),
15263 obfd
, out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
,
15264 abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
, "-mmsa");
15269 /* xgettext:c-format */
15270 (_("warning: %pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15271 "(set by %pB), %pB uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15272 obfd
, out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
,
15273 abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
, in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15279 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
15280 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
15283 /* Merge object ABI flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15284 there are conflicting settings. */
15287 mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15289 obj_attribute
*out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15290 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15291 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15293 /* Update the output abiflags fp_abi using the computed fp_abi. */
15294 out_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15296 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
15297 /* Merge abiflags. */
15298 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
,
15299 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
);
15300 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
,
15301 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
);
15302 out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
,
15303 in_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
);
15304 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
,
15305 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
);
15306 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
,
15307 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
);
15309 out_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
;
15310 out_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
;
15315 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
15316 object file when linking. */
15319 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
15321 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
15322 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
;
15323 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
;
15324 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
15328 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
15329 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
15332 (_("%pB: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15337 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd
) || !is_mips_elf (obfd
))
15340 in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15341 out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15343 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
15346 (_("%pB: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15351 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections. If not,
15352 then it has no attributes, and its flags may not have been initialized
15353 either, but it cannot actually cause any incompatibility. */
15354 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
15356 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
15357 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
15358 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
15359 not affect compatibility. */
15360 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IS_COMMON
) == 0
15361 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
15362 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
15364 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
15365 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
15366 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
15368 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
15372 if (null_input_bfd
)
15375 /* Populate abiflags using existing information. */
15376 if (in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15378 obj_attribute
*in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15379 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 in_abiflags
;
15380 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
15382 /* Set up the FP ABI attribute from the abiflags if it is not already
15384 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15385 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
;
15387 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &abiflags
);
15388 in_abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15390 /* It is not possible to infer the correct ISA revision
15391 for R3 or R5 so drop down to R2 for the checks. */
15392 if (in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 3 || in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 5)
15393 in_abiflags
.isa_rev
= 2;
15395 if (LEVEL_REV (in_abiflags
.isa_level
, in_abiflags
.isa_rev
)
15396 < LEVEL_REV (abiflags
.isa_level
, abiflags
.isa_rev
))
15398 (_("%pB: warning: inconsistent ISA between e_flags and "
15399 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15400 if (abiflags
.fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
15401 && in_abiflags
.fp_abi
!= abiflags
.fp_abi
)
15403 (_("%pB: warning: inconsistent FP ABI between .gnu.attributes and "
15404 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15405 if ((in_abiflags
.ases
& abiflags
.ases
) != abiflags
.ases
)
15407 (_("%pB: warning: inconsistent ASEs between e_flags and "
15408 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15409 /* The isa_ext is allowed to be an extension of what can be inferred
15411 if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
.isa_ext
),
15412 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (in_abiflags
.isa_ext
)))
15414 (_("%pB: warning: inconsistent ISA extensions between e_flags and "
15415 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15416 if (in_abiflags
.flags2
!= 0)
15418 (_("%pB: warning: unexpected flag in the flags2 field of "
15419 ".MIPS.abiflags (0x%lx)"), ibfd
,
15420 in_abiflags
.flags2
);
15424 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &in_tdata
->abiflags
);
15425 in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15428 if (!out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15430 /* Copy input abiflags if output abiflags are not already valid. */
15431 out_tdata
->abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15432 out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15435 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
15437 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
15438 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15439 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15440 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
15442 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
15443 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
15444 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
15445 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
15447 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
15448 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15451 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev and isa_ext fields. */
15452 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
15458 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (ibfd
, info
);
15460 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, info
) && ok
;
15462 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (ibfd
, obfd
) && ok
;
15466 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15473 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
15476 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
15478 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
15479 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
15481 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
15482 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
15487 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag
)
15491 default: return "";
15492 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
15493 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
15494 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
15495 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
15496 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
15497 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
15498 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
15499 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
15500 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
15501 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
15502 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
15503 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
15505 return "MIPS_MSYM";
15506 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
15507 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
15508 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
15509 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
15510 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
15511 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
15512 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
15513 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
15514 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
15515 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
15516 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
15517 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
15518 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
15519 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
15520 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
15521 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
15522 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
15523 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
15524 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
15525 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
15526 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
15527 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL";
15528 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS
:
15529 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
15530 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO
:
15531 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
15532 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE
:
15533 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
15534 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO
:
15535 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
15536 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC
:
15537 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
15538 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO
:
15539 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
15540 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM
:
15541 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
15542 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO
:
15543 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
15544 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM
:
15545 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
15546 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO
:
15547 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
15548 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS
:
15549 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
15550 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT
:
15551 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
15552 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
15553 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
15554 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX
:
15555 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
15556 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX
:
15557 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
15558 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX
:
15559 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
15560 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX
:
15561 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
15562 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
15563 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
15564 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE
:
15565 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
15566 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN
:
15567 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
15568 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE
:
15569 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
15570 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR
:
15571 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
15572 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX
:
15573 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
15574 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE
:
15575 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
15576 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE
:
15577 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
15578 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC
:
15579 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
15580 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
15581 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
15582 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT
:
15583 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
15587 /* Return the meaning of Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP value FP, or null if
15591 _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (int fp
)
15595 /* These strings aren't translated because they're simply
15597 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15598 return "-mdouble-float";
15600 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15601 return "-msingle-float";
15603 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15604 return "-msoft-float";
15606 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15607 return _("-mips32r2 -mfp64 (12 callee-saved)");
15609 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15612 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15613 return "-mgp32 -mfp64";
15615 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15616 return "-mgp32 -mfp64 -mno-odd-spreg";
15624 print_mips_ases (FILE *file
, unsigned int mask
)
15626 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSP
)
15627 fputs ("\n\tDSP ASE", file
);
15628 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR2
)
15629 fputs ("\n\tDSP R2 ASE", file
);
15630 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR3
)
15631 fputs ("\n\tDSP R3 ASE", file
);
15632 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_EVA
)
15633 fputs ("\n\tEnhanced VA Scheme", file
);
15634 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MCU
)
15635 fputs ("\n\tMCU (MicroController) ASE", file
);
15636 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MDMX
)
15637 fputs ("\n\tMDMX ASE", file
);
15638 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS3D
)
15639 fputs ("\n\tMIPS-3D ASE", file
);
15640 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MT
)
15641 fputs ("\n\tMT ASE", file
);
15642 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_SMARTMIPS
)
15643 fputs ("\n\tSmartMIPS ASE", file
);
15644 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_VIRT
)
15645 fputs ("\n\tVZ ASE", file
);
15646 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MSA
)
15647 fputs ("\n\tMSA ASE", file
);
15648 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS16
)
15649 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16 ASE", file
);
15650 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15651 fputs ("\n\tMICROMIPS ASE", file
);
15652 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_XPA
)
15653 fputs ("\n\tXPA ASE", file
);
15654 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS16E2
)
15655 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16e2 ASE", file
);
15657 fprintf (file
, "\n\t%s", _("None"));
15658 else if ((mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
) != 0)
15659 fprintf (stdout
, "\n\t%s (%x)", _("Unknown"), mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
);
15663 print_mips_isa_ext (FILE *file
, unsigned int isa_ext
)
15668 fputs (_("None"), file
);
15671 fputs ("RMI XLR", file
);
15673 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
:
15674 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon3", file
);
15676 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
:
15677 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon2", file
);
15679 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
:
15680 fputs ("Cavium Networks OcteonP", file
);
15682 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
:
15683 fputs ("Loongson 3A", file
);
15685 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
:
15686 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon", file
);
15689 fputs ("Toshiba R5900", file
);
15692 fputs ("MIPS R4650", file
);
15695 fputs ("LSI R4010", file
);
15698 fputs ("NEC VR4100", file
);
15701 fputs ("Toshiba R3900", file
);
15703 case AFL_EXT_10000
:
15704 fputs ("MIPS R10000", file
);
15707 fputs ("Broadcom SB-1", file
);
15710 fputs ("NEC VR4111/VR4181", file
);
15713 fputs ("NEC VR4120", file
);
15716 fputs ("NEC VR5400", file
);
15719 fputs ("NEC VR5500", file
);
15721 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
:
15722 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2E", file
);
15724 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
:
15725 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2F", file
);
15727 case AFL_EXT_INTERAPTIV_MR2
:
15728 fputs ("Imagination interAptiv MR2", file
);
15731 fprintf (file
, "%s (%d)", _("Unknown"), isa_ext
);
15737 print_mips_fp_abi_value (FILE *file
, int val
)
15741 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
:
15742 fprintf (file
, _("Hard or soft float\n"));
15744 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15745 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (double precision)\n"));
15747 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15748 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (single precision)\n"));
15750 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15751 fprintf (file
, _("Soft float\n"));
15753 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15754 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (MIPS32r2 64-bit FPU 12 callee-saved)\n"));
15756 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15757 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, Any FPU)\n"));
15759 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15760 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15762 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15763 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float compat (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15766 fprintf (file
, "??? (%d)\n", val
);
15772 get_mips_reg_size (int reg_size
)
15774 return (reg_size
== AFL_REG_NONE
) ? 0
15775 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_32
) ? 32
15776 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_64
) ? 64
15777 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_128
) ? 128
15782 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
15786 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
15788 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
15789 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
15791 /* xgettext:c-format */
15792 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
15794 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
15795 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
15796 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
15797 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
15798 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
15799 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
15800 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
15801 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
15802 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15803 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
15804 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
15805 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
15806 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
15807 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
15809 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
15811 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
15812 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
15813 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
15814 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
15815 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
15816 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
15817 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
15818 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
15819 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
15820 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
15821 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
15822 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
15823 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
15824 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
15825 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
15826 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
15827 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
15828 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
15829 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
)
15830 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r6]");
15831 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
)
15832 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r6]");
15834 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
15836 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
15837 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
15839 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
15840 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
15842 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15843 fprintf (file
, " [micromips]");
15845 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
)
15846 fprintf (file
, " [nan2008]");
15848 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
)
15849 fprintf (file
, " [old fp64]");
15851 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
15852 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
15854 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
15856 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
15857 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
15859 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
15860 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
15862 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
15863 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
15865 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
15866 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
15868 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
15869 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
15871 fputc ('\n', file
);
15873 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15875 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
15876 fprintf (file
, "\nMIPS ABI Flags Version: %d\n", abiflags
->version
);
15877 fprintf (file
, "\nISA: MIPS%d", abiflags
->isa_level
);
15878 if (abiflags
->isa_rev
> 1)
15879 fprintf (file
, "r%d", abiflags
->isa_rev
);
15880 fprintf (file
, "\nGPR size: %d",
15881 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->gpr_size
));
15882 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR1 size: %d",
15883 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr1_size
));
15884 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR2 size: %d",
15885 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr2_size
));
15886 fputs ("\nFP ABI: ", file
);
15887 print_mips_fp_abi_value (file
, abiflags
->fp_abi
);
15888 fputs ("ISA Extension: ", file
);
15889 print_mips_isa_ext (file
, abiflags
->isa_ext
);
15890 fputs ("\nASEs:", file
);
15891 print_mips_ases (file
, abiflags
->ases
);
15892 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 1: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags1
);
15893 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 2: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags2
);
15894 fputc ('\n', file
);
15900 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
15902 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15903 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15904 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
15905 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15906 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15907 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
15908 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
15911 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
15912 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
15913 definiton of the symbol. */
15915 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
15916 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
15917 bfd_boolean definition
,
15918 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15920 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
15922 unsigned char other
;
15924 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
15925 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
15926 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
15930 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
15931 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
15934 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
15935 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
15937 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
15939 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
15943 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
15945 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
15946 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
15947 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);
15950 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
15951 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
15954 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i
, const asection
*plt
,
15955 const arelent
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15958 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
15959 + i
* 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
));
15962 /* Build a table of synthetic symbols to represent the PLT. As with MIPS16
15963 and microMIPS PLT slots we may have a many-to-one mapping between .plt
15964 and .got.plt and also the slots may be of a different size each we walk
15965 the PLT manually fetching instructions and matching them against known
15966 patterns. To make things easier standard MIPS slots, if any, always come
15967 first. As we don't create proper ELF symbols we use the UDATA.I member
15968 of ASYMBOL to carry ISA annotation. The encoding used is the same as
15969 with the ST_OTHER member of the ELF symbol. */
15972 _bfd_mips_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
15973 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
15974 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
15975 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
15978 static const char pltname
[] = "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_";
15979 static const char microsuffix
[] = "@micromipsplt";
15980 static const char m16suffix
[] = "@mips16plt";
15981 static const char mipssuffix
[] = "@plt";
15983 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
15984 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
15985 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
15986 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
15987 bfd_byte
*plt_data
;
15988 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
15989 unsigned int other
;
15990 bfd_vma entry_size
;
16009 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0 || dynsymcount
<= 0)
16012 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
16013 if (relplt
== NULL
)
16016 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
16017 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) || hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
16020 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
16024 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
16025 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
16027 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
16029 /* Calculating the exact amount of space required for symbols would
16030 require two passes over the PLT, so just pessimise assuming two
16031 PLT slots per relocation. */
16032 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
16033 counti
= count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
16034 size
= 2 * count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
16035 size
+= count
* (sizeof (mipssuffix
) +
16036 (micromips_p
? sizeof (microsuffix
) : sizeof (m16suffix
)));
16037 for (pi
= 0; pi
< counti
; pi
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
16038 size
+= 2 * strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16040 /* Add the size of "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_" too. */
16041 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof (pltname
);
16043 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, plt
, &plt_data
))
16046 if (plt
->size
< 16)
16049 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
16052 send
= s
+ 2 * count
+ 1;
16054 names
= (char *) send
;
16055 nend
= (char *) s
+ size
;
16058 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ 12);
16059 if (opcode
== 0x3302fffe)
16063 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16064 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16066 else if (opcode
== 0x0398c1d0)
16070 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16071 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16075 plt0_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16080 s
->flags
= BSF_SYNTHETIC
| BSF_FUNCTION
| BSF_LOCAL
;
16084 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16085 memcpy (names
, pltname
, sizeof (pltname
));
16086 names
+= sizeof (pltname
);
16090 for (plt_offset
= plt0_size
;
16091 plt_offset
+ 8 <= plt
->size
&& s
< send
;
16092 plt_offset
+= entry_size
)
16094 bfd_vma gotplt_addr
;
16095 const char *suffix
;
16100 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4);
16102 /* Check if the second word matches the expected MIPS16 instruction. */
16103 if (opcode
== 0x651aeb00)
16107 /* Truncated table??? */
16108 if (plt_offset
+ 16 > plt
->size
)
16110 gotplt_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 12);
16111 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16112 suffixlen
= sizeof (m16suffix
);
16113 suffix
= m16suffix
;
16114 other
= STO_MIPS16
;
16116 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (no insn32 mode). */
16117 else if (opcode
== 0xff220000)
16121 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0x7f;
16122 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16123 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x40) - 0x40) << 18;
16125 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16126 gotplt_addr
+= ((plt
->vma
+ plt_offset
) | 3) ^ 3;
16127 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16128 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16129 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16130 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16132 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (insn32 mode). */
16133 else if ((opcode
& 0xffff0000) == 0xff2f0000)
16135 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16136 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 6) & 0xffff;
16137 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16138 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16139 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16140 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16141 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16142 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16143 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16145 /* Otherwise assume standard MIPS code. */
16148 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0xffff;
16149 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4) & 0xffff;
16150 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16151 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16152 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16153 entry_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
16154 suffixlen
= sizeof (mipssuffix
);
16155 suffix
= mipssuffix
;
16158 /* Truncated table??? */
16159 if (plt_offset
+ entry_size
> plt
->size
)
16163 i
< count
&& p
[pi
].address
!= gotplt_addr
;
16164 i
++, pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
);
16171 *s
= **p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
;
16172 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
16173 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
16174 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
16175 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
16176 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
16178 s
->value
= plt_offset
;
16180 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16182 len
= strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16183 namelen
= len
+ suffixlen
;
16184 if (names
+ namelen
> nend
)
16187 memcpy (names
, (*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
16189 memcpy (names
, suffix
, suffixlen
);
16190 names
+= suffixlen
;
16193 pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
;
16202 /* Return the ABI flags associated with ABFD if available. */
16204 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*
16205 bfd_mips_elf_get_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
)
16207 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
16209 return tdata
->abiflags_valid
? &tdata
->abiflags
: NULL
;
16213 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
16215 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
16216 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
16218 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
16221 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
16222 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
16224 if (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
16225 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 1;
16228 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (abfd
, link_info
);
16230 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
16231 || mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
16232 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 3;
16236 _bfd_mips_elf_compact_eh_encoding (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16238 return DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
;
16241 /* Return the opcode for can't unwind. */
16244 _bfd_mips_elf_cant_unwind_opcode (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16246 return COMPACT_EH_CANT_UNWIND_OPCODE
;